diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'upstream/archlinux/man5')
211 files changed, 3474 insertions, 2859 deletions
diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/BUILDINFO.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/BUILDINFO.5 index 9b816d32..dac66ad3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/BUILDINFO.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/BUILDINFO.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: buildinfo .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "BUILDINFO" "5" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "BUILDINFO" "5" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ BUILDINFO \- Makepkg package build information file This manual page describes the format of a BUILDINFO file found in the root of a package created by makepkg\&. The file contains a description of the package\(cqs build environment\&. The information is formatted in key\-value pairs separated by a \fI=\fR, one value per line\&. Arrays are represented multiple keys with the same value\&. .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -This is a description of the contents of version \fI1\fR of the BUILDINFO file format\&. +This is a description of the contents of version \fI2\fR of the BUILDINFO file format\&. .PP \fBformat\fR .RS 4 @@ -86,6 +86,19 @@ The directory where the package was built\&. The directory from which makepkg was executed\&. .RE .PP +\fBbuildtool\fR +.RS 4 +The name of the tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment\&. Used for defining a spec for reproducible builds, e\&.g\&. the source of the +\fBmakepkg.conf\fR(5) +used\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBbuildtoolver\fR +.RS 4 +The full version of the +\fIbuildtool\fR, for example: "$pkgver\-$pkgrel\-$pkgarch"\&. +.RE +.PP \fBbuildenv (array)\fR .RS 4 The build environment specified in makepkg\&.conf\&. @@ -142,17 +155,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -235,4 +237,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/PKGBUILD.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/PKGBUILD.5 index a5907582..e279dd04 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/PKGBUILD.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/PKGBUILD.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: pkgbuild .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PKGBUILD" "5" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "PKGBUILD" "5" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .SH "NAME" -PKGBUILD \- Arch Linux package build description file +PKGBUILD \- Package build description file .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp PKGBUILD @@ -104,15 +104,7 @@ This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being packaged\&. .PP \fBlicense (array)\fR .RS 4 -This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package\&. Commonly used licenses can be found in -\fI/usr/share/licenses/common\fR\&. If you see the package\(cqs license there, simply reference it in the license field (e\&.g\&., -license=(\*(AqGPL\*(Aq))\&. If the package provides a license not available in -\fI/usr/share/licenses/common\fR, then you should include it in the package itself and set -license=(\*(Aqcustom\*(Aq) -or -license=(\*(Aqcustom:LicenseName\*(Aq)\&. The license should be placed in -\fI$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/\fR -when building the package\&. If multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them: +This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package\&. If multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them: license=(\*(AqGPL\*(Aq \*(AqFDL\*(Aq)\&. .RE .PP @@ -421,7 +413,16 @@ If you create any variables of your own in any of these functions, it is recomme .RS 4 The package() -function is used to install files into the directory that will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all the optional functions listed below\&. The packaging stage is run using fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package\&. All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg\&. +function is used to install files into the directory that will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all the optional functions listed below\&. The packaging stage is run using fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package\&. All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg\&. This function is run inside +$srcdir\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBverify() Function\fR +.RS 4 +An optional +verify() +function can be specified to implement arbitrary source authentication\&. The function should return a non\-zero exit code when verification fails\&. This function is run before sources are extracted\&. This function is run inside +$startdir\&. .RE .PP \fBprepare() Function\fR @@ -432,7 +433,8 @@ function can be specified in which operations to prepare the sources for buildin build() function\&. The prepare() -function is skipped when source extraction is skipped\&. +function is skipped when source extraction is skipped\&. This function is run inside +$srcdir\&. .RE .PP \fBbuild() Function\fR @@ -441,7 +443,8 @@ The optional build() function is used to compile and/or adjust the source files in preparation to be installed by the package() -function\&. +function\&. This function is run inside +$srcdir\&. .RE .PP \fBcheck() Function\fR @@ -454,7 +457,8 @@ and package() functions\&. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the checkdepends -array\&. +array\&. This function is run inside +$srcdir\&. .RE .sp All of the above variables such as $pkgname and $pkgver are available for use in the packaging functions\&. In addition, makepkg defines the following variables: @@ -462,9 +466,6 @@ All of the above variables such as $pkgname and $pkgver are available for use in \fBsrcdir\fR .RS 4 This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source files\&. -.sp -All of the packaging functions defined above are run starting inside -$srcdir .RE .PP \fBpkgdir\fR @@ -563,6 +564,8 @@ source=(\*(Aqdirectory::url#fragment?query\*(Aq) .sp Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git, Subversion, Fossil and Mercurial version control systems\&. For other version control systems, manual cloning of upstream repositories must be done in the prepare() function\&. .sp +Some VCS Sources like Git support pinning the checkout by a checksum of its content using deterministic export functionality like \(lqgit archive\(rq\&. +.sp The source URL is divided into four components: .PP \fBdirectory\fR @@ -620,7 +623,7 @@ source=(url?signed#fragment)\&. Currently only supported by Git\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLE" .sp -The following is an example PKGBUILD for the \fIpatch\fR package\&. For more examples, look through the build files of your distribution\(cqs packages\&. For those using Arch Linux, consult the Arch Build System (ABS) tree\&. +The following is an example PKGBUILD for the \fIpatch\fR package\&. For more examples, look through the build files of your distribution\(cqs packages\&. .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 @@ -640,8 +643,8 @@ depends=(\*(Aqglibc\*(Aq) makedepends=(\*(Aqed\*(Aq) optdepends=(\*(Aqed: for "patch \-e" functionality\*(Aq) source=("ftp://ftp\&.gnu\&.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname\-$pkgver\&.tar\&.xz"{,\&.sig}) -md5sums=(\*(Aqe9ae5393426d3ad783a300a338c09b72\*(Aq - \*(AqSKIP\*(Aq) +sha256sums=(\*(Aq9124ba46db0abd873d0995c2ca880e81252676bb6c03e0a37dfc5f608a9b0ceb\*(Aq + \*(AqSKIP\*(Aq) build() { cd "$srcdir/$pkgname\-$pkgver" @@ -699,17 +702,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -792,4 +784,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/acct.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/acct.5 index 18d458e6..b60ce8cc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/acct.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/acct.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH acct 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH acct 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME acct \- process accounting file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/alpm-hooks.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/alpm-hooks.5 index 4e516b43..c35697b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/alpm-hooks.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/alpm-hooks.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: alpm-hooks .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALPM\-HOOKS" "5" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "ALPM\-HOOKS" "5" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -176,17 +176,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -269,4 +258,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/anacrontab.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/anacrontab.5 deleted file mode 100644 index f7ca5c00..00000000 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/anacrontab.5 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -.TH ANACRONTAB 5 2012-11-22 "cronie" "File Formats" -.SH NAME -/etc/anacrontab \- configuration file for Anacron -.SH DESCRIPTION -The -.I /etc/anacrontab -configuration file describes the jobs controlled by -.BR anacron (8). -It can contain three types of lines: job-description lines, environment -assignments, or empty lines. -.PP -Job-description lines can have the following format: -.PP - period in days delay in minutes job-identifier command -.PP -The -.I period in days -variable specifies the frequency of execution of a job in days. This -variable can be represented by an integer or a macro (@daily, @weekly, -@monthly), where @daily denotes the same value as the integer 1, @weekly -the same as 7, and @monthly specifies that the job is run once a month, -independent on the length of the month. -.PP -The -.I delay in minutes -variable specifies the number of minutes anacron waits, if necessary, -before executing a job. This variable is represented by an integer where -0 means no delay. -.PP -The -.I job-identifier -variable specifies a unique name of a job which is used in the log files. -.PP -The -.I command -variable specifies the command to execute. The command can either be a -command such as -.B ls /proc >> /tmp/proc -or a command to execute a custom script. -.PP -Environment assignment lines can have the following format: -.PP - VAR=VALUE -.PP -Any spaces around -.I VAR -are removed. No spaces around -.I VALUE -are allowed (unless you want them to be part of the value). The -specified assignment takes effect from the next line until the end of the -file, or to the next assignment of the same variable. -.PP -The -.I START_HOURS_RANGE -variable defines an interval (in hours) when scheduled jobs can be run. -In case this time interval is missed, for example, due to a power down, -then scheduled jobs are not executed that day. -.PP -The -.I RANDOM_DELAY -variable denotes the maximum number of minutes that will be added to the -delay in minutes variable which is specified for each job. A -.I RANDOM_DELAY -set to 12 would therefore add, randomly, between 0 and 12 minutes to the -delay in minutes for each job in that particular anacrontab. When set to -0, no random delay is added. -.PP -If -.I MAILTO -is defined (and non-empty), mail is sent to the specified address, -otherwise, system user is used. -.PP -If -.I MAILFROM -is defined (and non-empty), it is used as the envelope sender address, -otherwise, system user is used. -.PP -(Note: Both -.I MAILFROM -and -.I MAILTO -variables are expanded, so setting them as in the following example works as expected: MAILFROM=cron-$USER@cron.com ($USER is replaced by the system user) ) -.PP -If -.I NO_MAIL_OUTPUT -is defined (and non-empty), the standard output and error descriptors of job processes are not redirected and e-mailed. -.PP -.PP -Empty lines are either blank lines, line containing white spaces only, or -lines with white spaces followed by a '#' followed by an arbitrary -comment. -.PP -You can continue a line onto the next line by adding a '\\' at the end of it. -.PP -In case you want to disable Anacron, add a line with -.I 0anacron -which is the name of the script running the Anacron into the -.I /etc/cron.hourly/jobs.deny -file. -.SH EXAMPLE -This example shows how to set up an Anacron job similar in functionality to -.I /etc/crontab -which starts all regular jobs -between 6:00 and 8:00 -.I only. -A -.I RANDOM_DELAY -which can be 30 minutes at the most is specified. Jobs will run -serialized in a queue where each job is started only after the previous -one is finished. -.PP -.nf -# environment variables -SHELL=/bin/sh -PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin -MAILTO=root -RANDOM_DELAY=30 -# Anacron jobs will start between 6am and 8am. -START_HOURS_RANGE=6-8 -# delay will be 5 minutes + RANDOM_DELAY for cron.daily -1 5 cron.daily nice run-parts /etc/cron.daily -7 0 cron.weekly nice run-parts /etc/cron.weekly -@monthly 0 cron.monthly nice run-parts /etc/cron.monthly -.fi -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR anacron (8), -.BR crontab (1) -.PP -The Anacron -.I README -file. -.SH AUTHOR -.MT itzur@\:actcom.\:co.\:il -Itai Tzur -.ME -.PP -Currently maintained by -.MT pasc@\:(debian.\:org|\:redellipse.\:net) -Pascal Hakim -.ME . -.PP -For Fedora, maintained by -.MT mmaslano@redhat.com -Marcela Mašláňová -.ME . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/btrfs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/btrfs.5 index 208aa24b..036f9f4a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/btrfs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/btrfs.5 @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +'\" t .\" Man page generated from reStructuredText. . . @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]] .in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u .. -.TH "BTRFS" "5" "Feb 14, 2024" "6.7.1" "BTRFS" +.TH "BTRFS" "5" "May 03, 2024" "6.8.1" "BTRFS" .SH NAME btrfs \- topics about the BTRFS filesystem (mount options, supported file attributes and other) .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ storage model, hardware considerations .SS BTRFS SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS .sp This section describes mount options specific to BTRFS. For the generic mount -options please refer to \fBmount(8)\fP manual page. The options are sorted alphabetically +options please refer to \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/mount.8.html'\fI\%mount(8)\fP\X'tty: link' manual page. The options are sorted alphabetically (discarding the \fIno\fP prefix). .sp \fBNOTE:\fP @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ have been applied. (default: on) .sp Enable/disable support for POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the -\fBacl(5)\fP manual page for more information about ACLs. +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/acl.5.html'\fI\%acl(5)\fP\X'tty: link' manual page for more information about ACLs. .sp The support for ACL is build\-time configurable (BTRFS_FS_POSIX_ACL) and mount fails if \fIacl\fP is requested but the feature is not compiled in. @@ -228,7 +229,7 @@ If compression is enabled, \fInodatacow\fP and \fInodatasum\fP are disabled. .sp Enable data copy\-on\-write for newly created files. \fINodatacow\fP implies \fInodatasum\fP, and disables \fIcompression\fP\&. All files created -under \fInodatacow\fP are also set the NOCOW file attribute (see \fBchattr(1)\fP). +under \fInodatacow\fP are also set the NOCOW file attribute (see \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link'). .sp \fBNOTE:\fP .INDENT 7.0 @@ -247,7 +248,7 @@ at the cost of potential partial writes, in case the write is interrupted Enable data checksumming for newly created files. \fIDatasum\fP implies \fIdatacow\fP, i.e. the normal mode of operation. All files created under \fInodatasum\fP inherit the \(dqno checksums\(dq property, however there\(aqs no -corresponding file attribute (see \fBchattr(1)\fP). +corresponding file attribute (see \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link'). .sp \fBNOTE:\fP .INDENT 7.0 @@ -599,7 +600,7 @@ Historically, any user could create a snapshot even if he was not owner of the source subvolume, the subvolume deletion has been restricted for that reason. The subvolume creation has been restricted but this mount option is still required. This is a usability issue. -Since 4.18, the \fBrmdir(2)\fP syscall can delete an empty subvolume just like an +Since 4.18, the \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/rmdir.2.html'\fI\%rmdir(2)\fP\X'tty: link' syscall can delete an empty subvolume just like an ordinary directory. Whether this is possible can be detected at runtime, see \fIrmdir_subvol\fP feature in \fIFILESYSTEM FEATURES\fP\&. .UNINDENT @@ -629,13 +630,13 @@ but will work on 4.5+ kernels. .INDENT 3.5 The functionality has been removed in 5.11, any stale data created by previous use of the \fIinode_cache\fP option can be removed by -\fI\%btrfs rescue clear\-ino\-cache\fP\&. +\X'tty: link #man-rescue-clear-ino-cache'\fI\%btrfs rescue clear\-ino\-cache\fP\X'tty: link'\&. .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS NOTES ON GENERIC MOUNT OPTIONS .sp -Some of the general mount options from \fBmount(8)\fP that affect BTRFS and are +Some of the general mount options from \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/mount.8.html'\fI\%mount(8)\fP\X'tty: link' that affect BTRFS and are worth mentioning. .INDENT 0.0 .TP @@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ inode atime updates in comparison to the traditional \fIstrictatime\fP\&. The wo case for atime updates under \fIrelatime\fP occurs when many files are read whose atime is older than 24 h and which are freshly snapshotted. In that case the atime is updated and COW happens \- for each file \- in bulk. See also -\fI\%https://lwn.net/Articles/499293/\fP \- \fIAtime and btrfs: a bad combination? (LWN, 2012\-05\-31)\fP\&. +\X'tty: link https://lwn.net/Articles/499293/'\fI\%https://lwn.net/Articles/499293/\fP\X'tty: link' \- \fIAtime and btrfs: a bad combination? (LWN, 2012\-05\-31)\fP\&. .sp Note that \fInoatime\fP may break applications that rely on atime uptimes like the venerable Mutt (unless you use maildir mailboxes). @@ -684,7 +685,7 @@ means the feature can be enabled. .UNINDENT .sp List of features (see also \fI\%mkfs.btrfs(8)\fP section -\fI\%FILESYSTEM FEATURES\fP): +\X'tty: link #man-mkfs-filesystem-features'\fI\%FILESYSTEM FEATURES\fP\X'tty: link'): .INDENT 0.0 .TP .B big_metadata @@ -763,6 +764,11 @@ stored as an extent, saves a few percent of metadata if sparse files are used .sp extended RAID1 mode with copies on 3 or 4 devices respectively .TP +.B raid_stripe_tree +(since: 6.7) +.sp +a separate tree for tracking file extents on RAID profiles +.TP .B RAID56 (since: 3.9) .sp @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ the filesystem contains or contained a RAID56 profile of block groups .B rmdir_subvol (since: 4.18) .sp -indicate that \fBrmdir(2)\fP syscall can delete an empty subvolume just like an +indicate that \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/rmdir.2.html'\fI\%rmdir(2)\fP\X'tty: link' syscall can delete an empty subvolume just like an ordinary directory. Note that this feature only depends on the kernel version. .TP .B skinny_metadata @@ -784,6 +790,11 @@ reduced\-size metadata for extent references, saves a few percent of metadata .sp number of the highest supported send stream version .TP +.B simple_quota +(since: 6.7) +.sp +simplified quota accounting +.TP .B supported_checksums (since: 5.5) .sp @@ -813,8 +824,8 @@ sequentially, see section \fI\%ZONED MODE\fP .SH SWAPFILE SUPPORT .sp A swapfile, when active, is a file\-backed swap area. It is supported since kernel 5.0. -Use \fBswapon(8)\fP to activate it, until then (respectively again after deactivating it -with \fBswapoff(8)\fP) it\(aqs just a normal file (with NODATACOW set), for which the special +Use \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/swapon.8.html'\fI\%swapon(8)\fP\X'tty: link' to activate it, until then (respectively again after deactivating it +with \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/swapoff.8.html'\fI\%swapoff(8)\fP\X'tty: link') it\(aqs just a normal file (with NODATACOW set), for which the special restrictions for active swapfiles don\(aqt apply. .sp There are some limitations of the implementation in BTRFS and Linux swap @@ -867,16 +878,14 @@ To create and activate a swapfile run the following commands: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # truncate \-s 0 swapfile # chattr +C swapfile # fallocate \-l 2G swapfile # chmod 0600 swapfile # mkswap swapfile # swapon swapfile -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -885,12 +894,10 @@ Since version 6.1 it\(aqs possible to create the swapfile in a single command .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # btrfs filesystem mkswapfile \-\-size 2G swapfile # swapon swapfile -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -902,13 +909,11 @@ Once activated the file will appear in \fB/proc/swaps\fP: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # cat /proc/swaps Filename Type Size Used Priority /path/swapfile file 2097152 0 \-2 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -921,11 +926,9 @@ priority, not the BTRFS mount options). .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX /path/swapfile none swap defaults 0 0 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -952,21 +955,19 @@ the physical can still map to one or more device\-specific physical block addresses. It\(aqs the device\-specific physical offset that is suitable as resume offset. .sp -Since version 6.1 there\(aqs a command \fI\%btrfs inspect\-internal map\-swapfile\fP +Since version 6.1 there\(aqs a command \X'tty: link #man-inspect-map-swapfile'\fI\%btrfs inspect\-internal map\-swapfile\fP\X'tty: link' that will print the device physical offset and the adjusted value for \fB/sys/power/resume_offset\fP\&. Note that the value is divided by page size, i.e. it\(aqs not the offset itself. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # btrfs filesystem mkswapfile swapfile # btrfs inspect\-internal map\-swapfile swapfile Physical start: 811511726080 Resume offset: 198122980 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -974,12 +975,10 @@ For scripting and convenience the option \fI\-r\fP will print just the offset: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # btrfs inspect\-internal map\-swapfile \-r swapfile 198122980 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -996,12 +995,10 @@ failed: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # swapon /path/swapfile swapon: /path/swapfile: swapon failed: Invalid argument -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1010,12 +1007,10 @@ module: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # journalctl \-t kernel | grep swapfile kernel: BTRFS warning (device sda): swapfile must have single data profile -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SH CHECKSUM ALGORITHMS @@ -1060,9 +1055,8 @@ additional overhead of the b\-tree leaves. Approximate relative performance of the algorithms, measured against CRC32C using implementations on a 11th gen 3.6GHz intel CPU: .TS -center; -|l|l|l|l|. -_ +box center; +l|l|l|l. T{ Digest T} T{ @@ -1222,7 +1216,6 @@ T} T{ T} T{ builtin, reference impl. T} -_ .TE .sp Many kernels are configured with SHA256 as built\-in and not as a module. @@ -1235,15 +1228,13 @@ Check the file \fB/proc/crypto\fP, when the implementation is built\-in, you\(aq .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX name : sha256 driver : sha256\-generic module : kernel priority : 100 \&... -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1251,15 +1242,13 @@ while accelerated implementation is e.g. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX name : sha256 driver : sha256\-avx2 module : sha256_ssse3 priority : 170 \&... -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SH COMPRESSION @@ -1326,11 +1315,9 @@ Please refer to \fI\%btrfs(5)\fP section .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ mount \-o compress=zstd /dev/sdx /mnt -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1342,11 +1329,9 @@ cause noticeable performance drops. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ btrfs filesystem defrag \-czstd file -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1360,12 +1345,10 @@ Persistent settings on a per\-file basis can be set in two ways: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ chattr +c file $ btrfs property set file compression zstd -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1421,12 +1404,10 @@ algorithm does not make an improvement .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ lsattr file \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-m file -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -1447,9 +1428,9 @@ pattern detection, byte frequency, Shannon entropy. .SH COMPATIBILITY .sp Compression is done using the COW mechanism so it\(aqs incompatible with -\fInodatacow\fP\&. Direct IO works on compressed files but will fall back to buffered -writes and leads to recompression. Currently \fInodatasum\fP and compression don\(aqt -work together. +\fInodatacow\fP\&. Direct IO read works on compressed files but will fall back to +buffered writes and leads to no compression even if force compression is set. +Currently \fInodatasum\fP and compression don\(aqt work together. .sp The compression algorithms have been added over time so the version compatibility should be also considered, together with other tools that may @@ -1460,9 +1441,8 @@ Btrfs has a sysfs interface to provide extra knobs. .sp The top level path is \fB/sys/fs/btrfs/\fP, and the main directory layout is the following: .TS -center; -|l|l|l|. -_ +box center; +l|l|l. T{ Relative Path T} T{ @@ -1542,7 +1522,6 @@ Discard stats and tunables T} T{ 6.1+ T} -_ .TE .sp For \fB/sys/fs/btrfs/features/\fP directory, each file means a supported feature @@ -1886,7 +1865,7 @@ depends on the \fInodesize\fP value, for 4KiB it\(aqs 3949 bytes, for larger nod it\(aqs 4095 due to the system limit PATH_MAX .sp The symlink target may not be a valid path, i.e. the path name components -can exceed the limits (NAME_MAX), there\(aqs no content validation at \fBsymlink(3)\fP +can exceed the limits (NAME_MAX), there\(aqs no content validation at \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/symlink.3.html'\fI\%symlink(3)\fP\X'tty: link' creation. .TP .B maximum number of inodes @@ -1927,10 +1906,10 @@ the minimal size of each device depends on the \fImixed\-bg\fP feature, without .UNINDENT .SH BOOTLOADER SUPPORT .sp -GRUB2 (\fI\%https://www.gnu.org/software/grub\fP) has the most advanced support of +GRUB2 (\X'tty: link https://www.gnu.org/software/grub'\fI\%https://www.gnu.org/software/grub\fP\X'tty: link') has the most advanced support of booting from BTRFS with respect to features. .sp -U\-Boot (\fI\%https://www.denx.de/wiki/U\-Boot/\fP) has decent support for booting but +U\-Boot (\X'tty: link https://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/'\fI\%https://www.denx.de/wiki/U\-Boot/\fP\X'tty: link') has decent support for booting but not all BTRFS features are implemented, check the documentation. .sp In general, the first 1MiB on each device is unused with the exception of @@ -1944,7 +1923,7 @@ old and new interfaces, with confusing names. The following list should clarify that: .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fIattributes\fP: \fBchattr(1)\fP or \fBlsattr(1)\fP utilities (the ioctls are +\fIattributes\fP: \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link' or \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/lsattr.1.html'\fI\%lsattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link' utilities (the ioctls are FS_IOC_GETFLAGS and FS_IOC_SETFLAGS), due to the ioctl names the attributes are also called flags .IP \(bu 2 @@ -1952,7 +1931,7 @@ are also called flags bits similar to the attributes but extensible and new bits will be added in the future (the ioctls are FS_IOC_FSGETXATTR and FS_IOC_FSSETXATTR but they are not related to extended attributes that are also called xattrs), there\(aqs -no standard tool to change the bits, there\(aqs support in \fBxfs_io(8)\fP as +no standard tool to change the bits, there\(aqs support in \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/xfs_io.8.html'\fI\%xfs_io(8)\fP\X'tty: link' as command \fBxfs_io \-c chattr\fP .UNINDENT .SS Attributes @@ -1986,11 +1965,11 @@ empty files. .UNINDENT .TP .B d -\fIno dump\fP, makes sense with 3rd party tools like \fBdump(8)\fP, on BTRFS the +\fIno dump\fP, makes sense with 3rd party tools like \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/dump.8.html'\fI\%dump(8)\fP\X'tty: link', on BTRFS the attribute can be set/unset but no other special handling is done .TP .B D -\fIsynchronous directory updates\fP, for more details search \fBopen(2)\fP for \fIO_SYNC\fP +\fIsynchronous directory updates\fP, for more details search \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/open.2.html'\fI\%open(2)\fP\X'tty: link' for \fIO_SYNC\fP and \fIO_DSYNC\fP .TP .B i @@ -1999,23 +1978,23 @@ long as this attribute is set (obviously the exception is unsetting the attribut .TP .B m \fIno compression\fP, permanently turn off compression on the given file. Any -compression mount options will not affect this file. (\fBchattr\fP support added in +compression mount options will not affect this file. (\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link' support added in 1.46.2) .sp When set on a directory, all newly created files will inherit this attribute. This attribute cannot be set with \fIc\fP at the same time. .TP .B S -\fIsynchronous updates\fP, for more details search \fBopen(2)\fP for \fIO_SYNC\fP and +\fIsynchronous updates\fP, for more details search \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/open.2.html'\fI\%open(2)\fP\X'tty: link' for \fIO_SYNC\fP and \fIO_DSYNC\fP .UNINDENT .sp No other attributes are supported. For the complete list please refer to the -\fBchattr(1)\fP manual page. +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link' manual page. .SS XFLAGS .sp There\(aqs an overlap of letters assigned to the bits with the attributes, this list -refers to what \fBxfs_io(8)\fP provides: +refers to what \X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/xfs_io.8.html'\fI\%xfs_io(8)\fP\X'tty: link' provides: .INDENT 0.0 .TP .B i @@ -2041,7 +2020,7 @@ In short, a device is partitioned into fixed\-size zones and each zone can be updated by append\-only manner, or reset. As btrfs has no fixed data structures, except the super blocks, the zoned mode only requires block placement that follows the device constraints. You can learn about the whole architecture at -\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io\fP . +\X'tty: link https://zonedstorage.io'\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io\fP\X'tty: link' . .sp The devices are also called SMR/ZBC/ZNS, in \fIhost\-managed\fP mode. Note that there are devices that appear as non\-zoned but actually are, this is @@ -2127,8 +2106,8 @@ community sources gathering information from real devices. Note: zoned mode won\(aqt work with DM\-SMR disks. .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -Ultrastar® DC ZN540 NVMe ZNS SSD (\fI\%product -brief\fP) +Ultrastar® DC ZN540 NVMe ZNS SSD (\X'tty: link https://documents.westerndigital.com/content/dam/doc-library/en_us/assets/public/western-digital/collateral/product-brief/product-brief-ultrastar-dc-zn540.pdf'\fI\%product +brief\fP\X'tty: link') .UNINDENT .SS Emulated: null_blk .sp @@ -2144,12 +2123,10 @@ Setup: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX modprobe\ configfs modprobe\ null_blk\ nr_devices=0 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2159,8 +2136,7 @@ example taking defaults: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX cd\ /sys/kernel/config/nullb/ mkdir\ mydev cd\ mydev @@ -2169,8 +2145,7 @@ echo\ 1\ >\ zoned echo\ 1\ >\ memory_backed echo\ 256\ >\ zone_size echo\ 1\ >\ power -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2181,30 +2156,26 @@ Remove the device: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX rmdir\ /sys/kernel/config/nullb/mydev -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp Then continue with \fBmkfs.btrfs /dev/nullb0\fP, the zoned mode is auto\-detected. .sp For convenience, there\(aqs a script wrapping the basic null_blk management operations -\fI\%https://github.com/kdave/nullb.git\fP, the above commands become: +\X'tty: link https://github.com/kdave/nullb.git'\fI\%https://github.com/kdave/nullb.git\fP\X'tty: link', the above commands become: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX nullb setup nullb create \-s 2g \-z 256 mkfs.btrfs /dev/nullb0 \&... nullb rm nullb0 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SS Emulated: TCMU runner @@ -2212,7 +2183,7 @@ nullb rm nullb0 TCMU is a framework to emulate SCSI devices in userspace, providing various backends for the storage, with zoned support as well. A file\-backed zoned device can provide more options for larger storage and zone size. Please follow -the instructions at \fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/tcmu\-runner/\fP . +the instructions at \X'tty: link https://zonedstorage.io/projects/tcmu-runner/'\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/tcmu\-runner/\fP\X'tty: link' . .SS Compatibility, incompatibility .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 @@ -2237,25 +2208,25 @@ or 1GiB, larger size is expected, maximum zone size supported by btrfs is .sp The zoned mode has been released in 5.12 and there are still some rough edges and corner cases one can hit during testing. Please report bugs to -\fI\%https://github.com/naota/linux/issues/\fP . +\X'tty: link https://github.com/naota/linux/issues/'\fI\%https://github.com/naota/linux/issues/\fP\X'tty: link' . .SS References .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io\fP +\X'tty: link https://zonedstorage.io'\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io\fP\X'tty: link' .INDENT 2.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbc/\fP \-\- \fIlibzbc\fP is library and set +\X'tty: link https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbc/'\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbc/\fP\X'tty: link' \-\- \fIlibzbc\fP is library and set of tools to directly manipulate devices with ZBC/ZAC support .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbd/\fP \-\- \fIlibzbd\fP uses the kernel +\X'tty: link https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbd/'\fI\%https://zonedstorage.io/projects/libzbd/\fP\X'tty: link' \-\- \fIlibzbd\fP uses the kernel provided zoned block device interface based on the ioctl() system calls .UNINDENT .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://hddscan.com/blog/2020/hdd\-wd\-smr.html\fP \-\- some details about exact device types +\X'tty: link https://hddscan.com/blog/2020/hdd-wd-smr.html'\fI\%https://hddscan.com/blog/2020/hdd\-wd\-smr.html\fP\X'tty: link' \-\- some details about exact device types .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://lwn.net/Articles/853308/\fP \-\- \fIBtrfs on zoned block devices\fP +\X'tty: link https://lwn.net/Articles/853308/'\fI\%https://lwn.net/Articles/853308/\fP\X'tty: link' \-\- \fIBtrfs on zoned block devices\fP .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.usenix.org/conference/vault20/presentation/bjorling\fP \-\- Zone +\X'tty: link https://www.usenix.org/conference/vault20/presentation/bjorling'\fI\%https://www.usenix.org/conference/vault20/presentation/bjorling\fP\X'tty: link' \-\- Zone Append: A New Way of Writing to Zoned Storage .UNINDENT .SH CONTROL DEVICE @@ -2265,12 +2236,10 @@ numbers 10 and 234 (the device can be found under the \fImisc\fP category). .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX $ ls \-l /dev/btrfs\-control crw\-\-\-\-\-\-\- 1 root root 10, 234 Jan 1 12:00 /dev/btrfs\-control -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2297,11 +2266,9 @@ likely accidentally deleted), it\(aqs possible to recreate it by .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # mknod \-\-mode=600 /dev/btrfs\-control c 10 234 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2309,11 +2276,9 @@ or (since 5.11) by a convenience command .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # btrfs rescue create\-control\-device -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2331,13 +2296,11 @@ a test to detect this kind of condition and print a warning like this: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX WARNING: Multiple block group profiles detected, see \(aqman btrfs(5)\(aq. WARNING: Data: single, raid1 WARNING: Metadata: single, raid1 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2345,8 +2308,7 @@ The corresponding output of \fBbtrfs filesystem df\fP might look like: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX WARNING: Multiple block group profiles detected, see \(aqman btrfs(5)\(aq. WARNING: Data: single, raid1 WARNING: Metadata: single, raid1 @@ -2356,8 +2318,7 @@ System, single: total=4.00MiB, used=16.00KiB Metadata, single: total=8.00MiB, used=112.00KiB Metadata, RAID1: total=64.00MiB, used=32.00KiB GlobalReserve, single: total=16.25MiB, used=0.00B -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2398,11 +2359,9 @@ that report space usage: \fBfilesystem df\fP, \fBdevice usage\fP\&. The command .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX Multiple profiles: yes (data, metadata) -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .SH SEEDING DEVICE @@ -2414,9 +2373,9 @@ imagine an immutable golden image of an operating system enhanced with another device that allows to use the data from the golden image and normal operation. This idea originated on CD\-ROMs with base OS and allowing to use them for live systems, but this became obsolete. There are technologies providing similar -functionality, like \fI\%unionmount\fP, -\fI\%overlayfs\fP or -\fI\%qcow2\fP image snapshot. +functionality, like \X'tty: link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Union_mount'\fI\%unionmount\fP\X'tty: link', +\X'tty: link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OverlayFS'\fI\%overlayfs\fP\X'tty: link' or +\X'tty: link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qcow#qcow2'\fI\%qcow2\fP\X'tty: link' image snapshot. .sp The seeding device starts as a normal filesystem, once the contents is ready, \fBbtrfstune \-S 1\fP is used to flag it as a seeding device. Mounting such device @@ -2457,8 +2416,7 @@ Example how to create and use one seeding device: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # mkfs.btrfs /dev/sda # mount /dev/sda /mnt/mnt1 \&... fill mnt1 with data @@ -2471,8 +2429,7 @@ Example how to create and use one seeding device: # umount /mnt/mnt1 # mount /dev/sdb /mnt/mnt1 \&... /mnt/mnt1 is now writable -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2481,15 +2438,13 @@ again with a another writable device: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # mount /dev/sda /mnt/mnt2 # btrfs device add /dev/sdc /mnt/mnt2 # umount /mnt/mnt2 # mount /dev/sdc /mnt/mnt2 \&... /mnt/mnt2 is now writable -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2498,11 +2453,9 @@ used independently: .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # btrfs device delete /dev/sda /mnt/mnt1 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2538,8 +2491,7 @@ and it continues as before as a simple tree structure on devices. .INDENT 0.0 .INDENT 3.5 .sp -.nf -.ft C +.EX # mkfs.btrfs /dev/sda # mount /dev/sda /mnt/mnt1 \&... fill mnt1 with data @@ -2560,8 +2512,7 @@ and it continues as before as a simple tree structure on devices. # mount \-o remount,rw /mnt/mnt1 \&... /mnt/mnt1 is now writable # umount /mnt/mnt1 -.ft P -.fi +.EE .UNINDENT .UNINDENT .sp @@ -2757,10 +2708,23 @@ have been demonstrated (\fIrowhammer\fP) achieving specific bits to be flipped. While these were targeted, this shows that a series of reads or writes can affect unrelated parts of memory. .sp +Block group profiles with redundancy (like RAID1) will not protect against +memory errors as the blocks are first stored in memory before they are written +to the devices from the same source. +.sp +A filesystem mounted read\-only will not affect the underlying block device in +almost 100% (with highly unlikely exceptions). The exception is a tree\-log that +needs to be replayed during mount (and before the read\-only mount takes place), +working memory is needed for that and that can be affected by bit flips. +There\(aqs a theoretical case where bit flip changes the filesystem status from +read\-only to read\-write. +.sp Further reading: .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Row_hammer\fP +\X'tty: link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Row_hammer'\fI\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Row_hammer\fP\X'tty: link' +.IP \(bu 2 +memory overclocking, XMP, potential risks .UNINDENT .sp What to do: @@ -2772,6 +2736,10 @@ is under heavy load that the default memtest cannot trigger memory errors may appear as filesystem going read\-only due to \(dqpre write\(dq check, that verify meta data before they get written but fail some basic consistency checks +.IP \(bu 2 +newly built systems should be tested before being put to production use, +ideally start a IO/CPU load that will be run on such system later; namely +systems that will utilize overclocking or special performance features .UNINDENT .SS Direct memory access (DMA) .sp @@ -2827,7 +2795,7 @@ to avoid unnecessary resets and performs optimizations to maximize the storage media lifetime. The known techniques are deduplication (blocks with same fingerprint/hash are mapped to same physical block), compression or internal remapping and garbage collection of used memory cells. Due to the additional -processing there are measures to verity the data e.g. by ECC codes. +processing there are measures to verify the data e.g. by ECC codes. .sp The observations of failing SSDs show that the whole electronic fails at once or affects a lot of data (e.g. stored on one chip). Recovering such data @@ -2882,13 +2850,13 @@ it\(aqs hard to justify wear reduction as a benefit. Further reading: .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/ssd\-and\-deduplication\-end\-spinning\-disk\-2012\fP +\X'tty: link https://www.snia.org/educational-library/ssd-and-deduplication-end-spinning-disk-2012'\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/ssd\-and\-deduplication\-end\-spinning\-disk\-2012\fP\X'tty: link' .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/realities\-solid\-state\-storage\-2013\-2013\fP +\X'tty: link https://www.snia.org/educational-library/realities-solid-state-storage-2013-2013'\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/realities\-solid\-state\-storage\-2013\-2013\fP\X'tty: link' .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/ssd\-performance\-primer\-2013\fP +\X'tty: link https://www.snia.org/educational-library/ssd-performance-primer-2013'\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/ssd\-performance\-primer\-2013\fP\X'tty: link' .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/how\-controllers\-maximize\-ssd\-life\-2013\fP +\X'tty: link https://www.snia.org/educational-library/how-controllers-maximize-ssd-life-2013'\fI\%https://www.snia.org/educational\-library/how\-controllers\-maximize\-ssd\-life\-2013\fP\X'tty: link' .UNINDENT .sp What to do: @@ -2918,9 +2886,9 @@ physical connection of the device. You may want to run self\-tests (using \fBsmartctl\fP). .INDENT 0.0 .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NVM_Express\fP +\X'tty: link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NVM_Express'\fI\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NVM_Express\fP\X'tty: link' .IP \(bu 2 -\fI\%https://www.smartmontools.org/wiki/NVMe_Support\fP +\X'tty: link https://www.smartmontools.org/wiki/NVMe_Support'\fI\%https://www.smartmontools.org/wiki/NVMe_Support\fP\X'tty: link' .UNINDENT .SS Drive firmware .sp @@ -2960,13 +2928,13 @@ and replacing the card could be required as well. filesystem when it tells you.\fP .SH SEE ALSO .sp -\fBacl(5)\fP, +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/acl.5.html'\fI\%acl(5)\fP\X'tty: link', \fI\%btrfs(8)\fP, -\fBchattr(1)\fP, -\fBfstrim(8)\fP, -\fBioctl(2)\fP, +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/chattr.1.html'\fI\%chattr(1)\fP\X'tty: link', +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/fstrim.8.html'\fI\%fstrim(8)\fP\X'tty: link', +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/ioctl.2.html'\fI\%ioctl(2)\fP\X'tty: link', \fI\%mkfs.btrfs(8)\fP, -\fBmount(8)\fP, -\fBswapon(8)\fP +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/mount.8.html'\fI\%mount(8)\fP\X'tty: link', +\X'tty: link https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/swapon.8.html'\fI\%swapon(8)\fP\X'tty: link' .\" Generated by docutils manpage writer. . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/charmap.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/charmap.5 index 1b66a63f..82b61e3f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/charmap.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/charmap.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH charmap 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH charmap 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME charmap \- character set description file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/classes.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/classes.conf.5 index b98a4e7d..8717360e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/classes.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/classes.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" classes.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ The name, location, and format of this file are an implementation detail that wi .BR subscriptions.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/config.5ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man5/config.5ssl index 764b2854..63b3b6e8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/config.5ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/config.5ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "CONFIG 5ssl" -.TH CONFIG 5ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH CONFIG 5ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -334,8 +334,19 @@ specified in the list of providers. For example: Specifies the pathname of the module (typically a shared library) to load. .IP \fBactivate\fR 4 .IX Item "activate" -If present, the module is activated. The value assigned to this name is not -significant. +If present and set to one of the values yes, on, true or 1, then the associated +provider will be activated. Conversely, setting this value to no, off, false, or +0 will prevent the provider from being activated. Settings can be given in lower +or uppercase. Setting activate to any other setting, or omitting a setting +value will result in an error. +.Sp += item \fBsoft_load\fR +.Sp +If enabled, informs the library to clear the error stack on failure to activate +requested provider. A value of 1, yes, true or on (in lower or uppercase) will +activate this setting, while a value of 0, no, false, of off (again in lower or +uppercase) will disable this setting. Any other value will produce an error. +Note this setting defaults to off if not provided .PP All parameters in the section as well as sub-sections are made available to the provider. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/core.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/core.5 index 73408b44..943fa4c7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/core.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/core.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH core 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH core 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME core \- core dump file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/crontab.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/crontab.5 deleted file mode 100644 index 0c6a300a..00000000 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/crontab.5 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -.\"/* Copyright 1988,1990,1993,1994 by Paul Vixie -.\" * All rights reserved -.\" */ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 2004 by Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC") -.\" Copyright (c) 1997,2000 by Internet Software Consortium, Inc. -.\" -.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any -.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above -.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. -.\" -.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ISC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES -.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF -.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL ISC BE LIABLE FOR -.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES -.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN -.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT -.\" OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. -.\" -.\" $Id: crontab.5,v 1.6 2004/01/23 19:03:33 vixie Exp $ -.\" -.TH CRONTAB 5 2012-11-22 "cronie" "File Formats" -.SH NAME -crontab \- files used to schedule the execution of programs -.SH DESCRIPTION -A -.I crontab -file contains instructions for the -.BR cron (8) -daemon in the following simplified manner: "run this command at this time -on this date". Each user can define their own crontab. Commands defined -in any given crontab are executed under the user who owns that particular -crontab. Uucp and News usually have their own crontabs, eliminating the -need for explicitly running -.BR su (1) -as part of a cron command. -.PP -Blank lines, leading spaces, and tabs are ignored. Lines whose first -non-white space character is a pound-sign (#) are comments, and are not -processed. Note that comments are not allowed on the same line as cron -commands, since they are considered a part of the command. Similarly, -comments are not allowed on the same line as environment variable -settings. -.PP -An active line in a crontab is either an environment setting or a cron -command. An environment setting is of the form: -.PP - name = value -.PP -where the white spaces around the equal-sign (=) are optional, and any -subsequent non-leading white spaces in -.I value -is a part of the value assigned to -.IR name . -The -.I value -string may be placed in quotes (single or double, but matching) to -preserve leading or trailing white spaces. -.PP -Several environment variables are set up automatically by the -.BR cron (8) -daemon. -.I SHELL -is set to /bin/sh, and -.I LOGNAME -and -.I HOME -are set from the /etc/passwd line of the crontab\'s owner. -.I HOME -and -.I SHELL -can be overridden by settings in the crontab; LOGNAME can not. -.PP -(Note: the -.I LOGNAME -variable is sometimes called -.I USER -on BSD systems and is also automatically set). -.PP -In addition to -.IR LOGNAME , -.IR HOME , -and -.IR SHELL , -.BR cron (8) -looks at the -.I MAILTO -variable if a mail needs to be send as a result of running any commands -in that particular crontab. If -.I MAILTO -is defined (and non-empty), mail is sent to the specified address. If -.I MAILTO -is defined but empty -.RI ( MAILTO="" ), -no mail is sent. Otherwise, mail is sent to the owner of the crontab. -This option is useful if you decide to use /bin/mail instead of -/usr/lib/sendmail as your mailer. Note that /bin/mail does not provide -aliasing and UUCP usually does not read its mail. If -.I MAILFROM -is defined (and non-empty), it is used as the envelope sender address, -otherwise, ``root'' is used. -.PP -(Note: Both -.I MAILFROM -and -.I MAILTO -variables are expanded, so setting them as in the following example works as expected: MAILFROM=cron-$USER@cron.com ($USER is replaced by the system user) ) -.PP -By default, cron sends a mail using the 'Content-Type:' header -of 'text/plain' with the 'charset=' parameter set to the 'charmap/codeset' -of the locale in which -.BR crond (8) -is started up, i.e., either the default system locale, if no LC_* -environment variables are set, or the locale specified by the LC_* -environment variables (see -.BR locale (7)). -Different character encodings can be used for mailing cron job outputs by -setting the -.I CONTENT_TYPE -and -.I CONTENT_TRANSFER_ENCODING -variables in a crontab to the correct values of the mail headers of those -names. -.PP -The -.I CRON_TZ -variable specifies the time zone specific for the cron table. The user -should enter a time according to the specified time zone into the table. -The time used for writing into a log file is taken from the local time -zone, where the daemon is running. -.PP -The -.I MLS_LEVEL -environment variable provides support for multiple per-job SELinux -security contexts in the same crontab. By default, cron jobs execute -with the default SELinux security context of the user that created the -crontab file. When using multiple security levels and roles, this may -not be sufficient, because the same user may be running in different -roles or in different security levels. For more information about roles -and SELinux MLS/MCS, see -.BR selinux (8) -and the crontab example mentioned later on in this text. You can set the -.I MLS_LEVEL -variable to the SELinux security context string specifying the particular -SELinux security context in which you want jobs to be run. -.B crond -will then set the execution context of those jobs that meet the -specifications of the particular security context. For more information, -see -.BR crontab (1)\ -s\ option. -.PP -The -.I RANDOM_DELAY -variable allows delaying job startups by random amount of minutes with -upper limit specified by the variable. The random scaling factor is -determined during the cron daemon startup so it remains constant for -the whole run time of the daemon. -.PP -The format of a cron command is similar to the V7 standard, with a number -of upward-compatible extensions. Each line has five time-and-date fields -followed by a -.BR user name -(if this is the -.BR system -crontab file), and followed by a command. Commands are executed by -.BR cron (8) -when the 'minute', 'hour', and 'month of the year' fields match the -current time, -.I and -at least one of the two 'day' fields ('day of month', or 'day of week') -match the current time (see "Note" below). -.PP -Note that this means that non-existent times, such as the "missing hours" -during the daylight savings time conversion, will never match, causing -jobs scheduled during the "missing times" not to be run. Similarly, -times that occur more than once (again, during the daylight savings time -conversion) will cause matching jobs to be run twice. -.PP -.BR cron (8) -examines cron entries every minute. -.PP -The time and date fields are: -.IP -.ta 1.5i -field allowed values -.br ------ -------------- -.br -minute 0-59 -.br -hour 0-23 -.br -day of month 1-31 -.br -month 1-12 (or names, see below) -.br -day of week 0-7 (0 or 7 is Sunday, or use names) -.br -.PP -A field may contain an asterisk (*), which always stands for -"first\-last". -.PP -Ranges of numbers are allowed. Ranges are two numbers separated with a -hyphen. The specified range is inclusive. For example, 8-11 for -an 'hours' entry specifies execution at hours 8, 9, 10, and 11. The first -number must be less than or equal to the second one. -.PP -Randomization of the execution time within a range can be used. -A random number within a range specified as two numbers separated with -a tilde is picked. The specified range is inclusive. -For example, 6~15 for a 'minutes' entry picks a random minute -within 6 to 15 range. The random number is picked when crontab file is parsed. -The first number must be less than or equal to the second one. You might omit -one or both of the numbers specifying the range. For example, ~ for a 'minutes' -entry picks a random minute within 0 to 59 range. -.PP -Lists are allowed. A list is a set of numbers (or ranges) separated by -commas. Examples: "1,2,5,9", "0-4,8-12". -.PP -Step values can be used in conjunction with ranges. Following a range -with "/<number>" specifies skips of the number's value through the range. -For example, "0-23/2" can be used in the 'hours' field to specify command -execution for every other hour (the alternative in the V7 standard is -"0,\:2,\:4,\:6,\:8,\:10,\:12,\:14,\:16,\:18,\:20,\:22"). Step values are -also permitted after an asterisk, so if specifying a job to be run every -two hours, you can use "*/2". Please note that steps are evaluated just -within the field they are applied to. For example "*/23" in hours field -means to execute the job on the hour 0 and the hour 23 within a calendar -day. See "NOTES" below for a workaround. -.PP -Names can also be used for the 'month' and 'day of week' fields. Use the -first three letters of the particular day or month (case does not -matter). Ranges and lists of names are allowed. Examples: "mon,wed,fri", -"jan-mar". -.PP -If the UID of the owner is 0 (root), the first character of a crontab -entry can be "-" character. This will prevent cron from writing a syslog -message about the command being executed. -.PP -The "sixth" field (the rest of the line) specifies the command to be run. -The entire command portion of the line, up to a newline or a "%" -character, will be executed by /bin/sh or by the shell specified in the -SHELL variable of the cronfile. A "%" character in the command, unless -escaped with a backslash (\\), will be changed into newline characters, -and all data after the first % will be sent to the command as standard -input. -.PP -Note: The day of a command's execution can be specified in the following -two fields \(em 'day of month', and 'day of week'. If both fields are -restricted (i.e., do not contain the "*" character), the command will be -run when -.I either -field matches the current time. For example, -.br -"30 4 1,15 * 5" would cause a command to be run at 4:30 am on the 1st and -15th of each month, plus every Friday. -.PP -A crontab file syntax can be tested before an install using the -T option. See -.BR crontab (1) -for details. -.SH EXAMPLE CRON FILE -.nf -# use /bin/sh to run commands, no matter what /etc/passwd says -SHELL=/bin/sh -# mail any output to `paul', no matter whose crontab this is -MAILTO=paul -# -CRON_TZ=Japan -# run five minutes after midnight, every day -5 0 * * * $HOME/bin/daily.job >> $HOME/tmp/out 2>&1 -# run at 2:15pm on the first of every month -- output mailed to paul -15 14 1 * * $HOME/bin/monthly -# run at 10 pm on weekdays, annoy Joe -0 22 * * 1-5 mail -s "It's 10pm" joe%Joe,%%Where are your kids?% -23 0-23/2 * * * echo "run 23 minutes after midn, 2am, 4am ..., everyday" -5 4 * * sun echo "run at 5 after 4 every sunday" -.fi -.SH Jobs in /etc/cron.d/ -The jobs in -.I cron.d -and -.I /etc/crontab -are system jobs, which are used usually for more than one user, thus, -additionally the username is needed. MAILTO on the first line is -optional. -.SH EXAMPLE OF A JOB IN /etc/cron.d/job -.nf -#login as root -#create job with preferred editor (e.g. vim) -MAILTO=root -* * * * * root touch /tmp/file -.fi -.SH NOTES -As noted above, skip values only operate within the time period they\'re -attached to. For example, specifying "0/35" for the minute field of a -crontab entry won\'t cause that entry to be executed every 35 minutes; -instead, it will be executed twice every hour, at 0 and 35 minutes past. -For more fine-grained control you can do something like this: -.nf -* * * * * if [ $(expr \( $(date +\%s) / 60 \) \% 58) = 0 ]; then echo this runs every 58 minutes; fi -0 * * * * if [ $(expr \( $(date +\%s) / 3600 \) \% 23) = 0 ]; then echo this runs every 23 hours on the hour; fi -.fi -Adjust as needed if your -.BR date (1) -command does not accept "+%s" as the format string specifier to output -the current UNIX timestamp. -.SH SELinux with multi level security (MLS) -In a crontab, it is important to specify a security level by -.I crontab \-s -or specifying the required level on the first line of the crontab. Each -level is specified in -.IR /etc/selinux/targeted/seusers . -When using crontab in the MLS mode, it is especially important to: -.br -- check/change the actual role, -.br -- set correct -.I role for -.IR directory , -which is used for input/output. -.SH EXAMPLE FOR SELINUX MLS -.nf -# login as root -newrole -r sysadm_r -mkdir /tmp/SystemHigh -chcon -l SystemHigh /tmp/SystemHigh -crontab -e -# write in crontab file -MLS_LEVEL=SystemHigh -0-59 * * * * id -Z > /tmp/SystemHigh/crontest -.fi -.SH FILES -.I /etc/crontab -main system crontab file. -.I /var/spool/cron/ -a directory for storing crontabs defined by users. -.I /etc/cron.d/ -a directory for storing system crontabs. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR cron (8), -.BR crontab (1) -.SH EXTENSIONS -These special time specification "nicknames" which replace the 5 initial -time and date fields, and are prefixed with the '@' character, are -supported: -.PP -.nf -@reboot : Run once after reboot. -@yearly : Run once a year, ie. "0 0 1 1 *". -@annually : Run once a year, ie. "0 0 1 1 *". -@monthly : Run once a month, ie. "0 0 1 * *". -@weekly : Run once a week, ie. "0 0 * * 0". -@daily : Run once a day, ie. "0 0 * * *". -@hourly : Run once an hour, ie. "0 * * * *". -.fi -.SH CAVEATS -.BR crontab -files have to be regular files or symlinks to regular files, they must -not be executable or writable for anyone else but the owner. This -requirement can be overridden by using the -.B \-p -option on the crond command line. If inotify support is in use, changes -in the symlinked crontabs are not automatically noticed by the cron -daemon. The cron daemon must receive a SIGHUP signal to reload the -crontabs. This is a limitation of the inotify API. -.PP -cron requires that each entry in a crontab end in a newline character. If the -last entry in a crontab is missing a newline (i.e.\& terminated by EOF), -cron will consider the crontab (at least partially) broken. -A warning will be written to syslog. -.SH AUTHOR -.MT vixie@isc.org -Paul Vixie -.ME diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/crypttab.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/crypttab.5 index 1a621795..ea25e7c6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/crypttab.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/crypttab.5 @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ option described below to use this mechanism\&. .PP For the latter five mechanisms the source for the key material used for unlocking the volume is primarily configured in the third field of each /etc/crypttab -line, but may also configured in +line, but may also be configured in /etc/cryptsetup\-keys\&.d/ and /run/cryptsetup\-keys\&.d/ @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ stream socket in the file system, the key is acquired by connecting to the socke \fBAF_UNIX\fR socket name in the abstract namespace, see \fBunix\fR(7) -for details\&. The source socket name is chosen according the following format: +for details\&. The source socket name is chosen according to the following format: .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-files.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-files.conf.5 index a4a01844..29c90aa4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-files.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-files.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cups-files.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2020-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -278,4 +278,4 @@ command is used instead. .BR subscriptions.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2020-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-snmp.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-snmp.conf.5 index 8f5968ef..ac25433b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-snmp.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cups-snmp.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" snmp.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR cups-snmp (8), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd-logs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd-logs.5 index 75078e21..44028a9e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd-logs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd-logs.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cupsd-logs man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -220,4 +220,4 @@ The \fIsides\fR field contains a copy of the sides attribute provided with the I .BR cups-files.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd.conf.5 index 13727a9e..fd5762df 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/cupsd.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" cupsd.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2020-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -918,4 +918,4 @@ Require authentication for accesses from outside the 10. network: .BR subscriptions.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2020-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/depmod.d.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/depmod.d.5 index 43de3638..ac6fa8fc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/depmod.d.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/depmod.d.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: depmod.d .\" Author: Jon Masters <jcm@jonmasters.org> .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/09/2023 +.\" Date: 03/05/2024 .\" Manual: depmod.d .\" Source: kmod .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DEPMOD\&.D" "5" "02/09/2023" "kmod" "depmod.d" +.TH "DEPMOD\&.D" "5" "03/05/2024" "kmod" "depmod.d" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ depmod.d \- Configuration directory for depmod .SH "SYNOPSIS" .PP +/lib/depmod\&.d/*\&.conf +.PP /usr/lib/depmod\&.d/*\&.conf .PP /usr/local/lib/depmod\&.d/*\&.conf diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/dir_colors.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/dir_colors.5 index a492f644..35b326f2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/dir_colors.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/dir_colors.5 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH dir_colors 5 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH dir_colors 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME dir_colors \- configuration file for dircolors(1) .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/e2fsck.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/e2fsck.conf.5 index ad91762c..2a99ece7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/e2fsck.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/e2fsck.conf.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" Copyright 2006 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. .\" This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. .\" -.TH e2fsck.conf 5 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH e2fsck.conf 5 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME e2fsck.conf \- Configuration file for e2fsck .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/elf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/elf.5 index 730d58cd..c7ea1312 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/elf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/elf.5 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ .\" 2007-10-11, Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>, various fixes .\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros .\" -.TH ELF 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH ELF 5 2024-05-08 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME elf \- format of Executable and Linking Format (ELF) files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ A readable segment. A text segment commonly has the flags .B PF_X and -.B PF_R . +.BR PF_R . A data segment commonly has .B PF_W and @@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ Address of the termination function String table offset to name of shared object .TP .B DT_RPATH -String table offset to library search path (deprecated) +String table offset to search path for direct and indirect library dependencies .TP .B DT_SYMBOLIC Alert linker to search this shared object before the executable for symbols @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ Instruct dynamic linker to process all relocations before transferring control to the executable .TP .B DT_RUNPATH -String table offset to library search path +String table offset to search path for direct library dependencies .TP .B DT_LOPROC .TQ diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/erofs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/erofs.5 index 12de0ec7..3b85c7dc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/erofs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/erofs.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH erofs 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH erofs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME erofs \- the Enhanced Read-Only File System .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext2.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext2.5 index 5be4c1d1..3c62c020 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext2.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext2.5 @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ +'\" t .\" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. .\" This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. .\" -.TH EXT4 5 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH EXT4 5 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME ext2 \- the second extended file system .br diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext3.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext3.5 index 5be4c1d1..3c62c020 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext3.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext3.5 @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ +'\" t .\" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. .\" This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. .\" -.TH EXT4 5 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH EXT4 5 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME ext2 \- the second extended file system .br diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext4.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext4.5 index 5be4c1d1..3c62c020 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext4.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ext4.5 @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ +'\" t .\" -*- nroff -*- .\" Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. .\" This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. .\" -.TH EXT4 5 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH EXT4 5 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME ext2 \- the second extended file system .br diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/filesystems.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/filesystems.5 index 5196cec5..6e7e2808 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/filesystems.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/filesystems.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" 2007-12-14 mtk Added Reiserfs, XFS, JFS. .\" -.TH filesystems 5 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH filesystems 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .nh .SH NAME filesystems \- Linux filesystem types: ext, ext2, ext3, ext4, hpfs, iso9660, diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/fips_config.5ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man5/fips_config.5ssl index eb984942..bf1a169c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/fips_config.5ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/fips_config.5ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "FIPS_CONFIG 5ssl" -.TH FIPS_CONFIG 5ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH FIPS_CONFIG 5ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ftpusers.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ftpusers.5 index 9595622e..1585c9a5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ftpusers.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ftpusers.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH ftpusers 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH ftpusers 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME ftpusers \- list of users that may not log in via the FTP daemon .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/gai.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/gai.conf.5 index 7fed47e4..2a9d618f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/gai.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/gai.conf.5 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only .\" -.TH gai.conf 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH gai.conf 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME gai.conf \- getaddrinfo(3) configuration file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/gdbinit.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/gdbinit.5 index d66d9130..0c81dc53 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/gdbinit.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/gdbinit.5 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDBINIT 5" -.TH GDBINIT 5 "2023-12-03" "gdb-14.1" "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDBINIT 5 "2024-03-03" "gdb-14.2" "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/group.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/group.5 index 41212819..c7453a80 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/group.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/group.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:06:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) -.TH group 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH group 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME group \- user group file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/host.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/host.conf.5 index 867c206f..ff22e375 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/host.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/host.conf.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" .\" 2003-08-23 Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org> Updated according to glibc 2.3.2 -.TH host.conf 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH host.conf 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME host.conf \- resolver configuration file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.5 index e111ccb8..bd7f5191 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" Minor polishing, aeb .\" Modified, 2002-06-16, Mike Coleman .\" -.TH hosts 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH hosts 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME hosts \- static table lookup for hostnames .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.equiv.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.equiv.5 index 53d79104..21c806d8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.equiv.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/hosts.equiv.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Peter Tobias <tobias@et-inf.fho-emden.de> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later -.TH hosts.equiv 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH hosts.equiv 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME hosts.equiv \- list of hosts and users that are granted "trusted" .B r diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-env.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-env.5 index d9aeb44a..d2e27cd0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-env.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-env.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-ENV 5" -.TH ICEWM-ENV 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-ENV 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-focus_mode.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-focus_mode.5 index 08551870..5848997b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-focus_mode.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-focus_mode.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-FOCUS_MODE 5" -.TH ICEWM-FOCUS_MODE 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-FOCUS_MODE 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-keys.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-keys.5 index d6e959b7..a60b59c2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-keys.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-keys.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-KEYS 5" -.TH ICEWM-KEYS 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-KEYS 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -102,7 +102,10 @@ following four ways, which are identical: \& key "Ctrl++" xterm .Ve .PP -To bind the mouse use \f(CW\*(C`Pointer_Button1\*(C'\fR for button 1, and so on. +To bind the mouse, use \f(CW\*(C`Pointer_Button1\*(C'\fR for button 1, and so on. +This only works when the mouse is over the root window. +See below for examples. +.PP The command \f(CW\*(C`icesh keys\*(C'\fR instructs icewm to reload this file. .SS FORMAT .IX Subsection "FORMAT" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-menu.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-menu.5 index c523891c..eb0c925c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-menu.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-menu.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU 5" -.TH ICEWM-MENU 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-MENU 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-preferences.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-preferences.5 index 94bdd49e..0f55d182 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-preferences.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-preferences.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-PREFERENCES 5" -.TH ICEWM-PREFERENCES 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-PREFERENCES 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-prefoverride.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-prefoverride.5 index ff68c344..eb1fbe00 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-prefoverride.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-prefoverride.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-PREFOVERRIDE 5" -.TH ICEWM-PREFOVERRIDE 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-PREFOVERRIDE 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-programs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-programs.5 index fa8733fa..f76c1910 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-programs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-programs.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-PROGRAMS 5" -.TH ICEWM-PROGRAMS 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-PROGRAMS 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-shutdown.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-shutdown.5 index d8029628..534772b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-shutdown.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-shutdown.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SHUTDOWN 5" -.TH ICEWM-SHUTDOWN 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-SHUTDOWN 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-startup.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-startup.5 index 2c797cfe..22044517 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-startup.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-startup.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-STARTUP 5" -.TH ICEWM-STARTUP 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-STARTUP 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-theme.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-theme.5 index 138a6d6a..6775255c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-theme.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-theme.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-THEME 5" -.TH ICEWM-THEME 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-THEME 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-toolbar.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-toolbar.5 index afea02bd..7ea7e4e9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-toolbar.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-toolbar.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-TOOLBAR 5" -.TH ICEWM-TOOLBAR 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-TOOLBAR 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-winoptions.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-winoptions.5 index ba04a452..7a257ecb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-winoptions.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/icewm-winoptions.5 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-WINOPTIONS 5" -.TH ICEWM-WINOPTIONS 5 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "Standards, Environments and Macros" +.TH ICEWM-WINOPTIONS 5 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "Standards, Environments and Macros" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/intro.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/intro.5 index ada73a01..e0ad3580 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/intro.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/intro.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:06:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) .\" Modified Sun Jan 14 00:34:09 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) -.TH intro 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH intro 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME intro \- introduction to file formats and filesystems .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ipptoolfile.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ipptoolfile.5 index 9c0718cd..30ae527b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ipptoolfile.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ipptoolfile.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ipptoolfile man page. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2010-2021 by Apple Inc. .\" .\" Licensed under Apache License v2.0. See the file "LICENSE" for more @@ -718,4 +718,4 @@ IANA IPP Registry (https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipp-registrations), PWG Internet Printing Protocol Workgroup (https://www.pwg.org/ipp), RFC 8011 (https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8011) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/issue.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/issue.5 index e1d6352c..258ea1bc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/issue.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/issue.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:06:22 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu> .\" Modified Mon Oct 21 17:47:19 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com> -.TH issue 5 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH issue 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME issue \- prelogin message and identification file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/lmhosts.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/lmhosts.5 index 8b2fee2c..a77554dd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/lmhosts.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/lmhosts.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: lmhosts .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: File Formats and Conventions -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions" +.TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "File Formats and Conventions" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ or /usr/local/samba/lib\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmbclient\fR(1), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/locale.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/locale.5 index 4c6f9a64..521def75 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/locale.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/locale.5 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .\" 2008-06-17 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz> .\" LC_TIME: Describe first_weekday and first_workday .\" -.TH locale 5 2024-01-28 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH locale 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME locale \- describes a locale definition file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mailto.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mailto.conf.5 index 3513e5ce..0a899512 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mailto.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mailto.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" mailto.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Specifies a prefix string for the subject line of an email notification. .BR cupsd (8), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/makepkg.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/makepkg.conf.5 index e4487452..f1f49d75 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/makepkg.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/makepkg.conf.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: makepkg.conf .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MAKEPKG\&.CONF" "5" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "MAKEPKG\&.CONF" "5" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -107,13 +107,6 @@ in place of Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info\&. .RE .PP -\fBRUSTFLAGS=\fR"rustflags" -.RS 4 -Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS\&. Read -\fBrustc\fR(1) -for more details on the available flags\&. -.RE -.PP \fBLDFLAGS=\fR"ldflags" .RS 4 Flags used for the linker\&. Several options may be specified with common usage resembling \(lq\-Wl,\-\-hash\-style=gnu\(rq\&. Read ld(1) for more details on available linker flags\&. @@ -147,15 +140,6 @@ for use in debugging\&. Usually this would include: \(lq\-g\(rq\&. Read gcc(1) f Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info\&. .RE .PP -\fBDEBUG_RUSTFLAGS=\fR"debug_rustflags" -.RS 4 -Additional compiler flags appended to -RUSTFLAGS -for use in debugging\&. Usually this would include: \(lq\-C debuginfo=2\(rq\&. Read -\fBrustc\fR(1) -for more details on the available flags\&. -.RE -.PP \fBBUILDENV=(\fR!distcc !color !ccache check !sign\fB)\fR .RS 4 This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults are shown here\&. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or disable an option, simply remove or add an \(lq!\(rq at the front of the option\&. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes precedence\&. Each option works as follows: @@ -216,7 +200,7 @@ Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the keyring\& option\&. .RE .PP -\fBOPTIONS=(\fR!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug\fB)\fR +\fBOPTIONS=(\fR!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs \&...\fB)\fR .RS 4 This array contains options that affect default packaging\&. They are equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are shown here\&. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or disable an option, simply remove or add an \(lq!\(rq at the front of the option\&. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes precedence\&. Each option works as follows: .PP @@ -276,6 +260,11 @@ Add the user\-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and DEBUG_CXXFL .RS 4 Enable building packages using link time optimization\&. Adds the flags specified in LTOFLAGS to CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS (or \(lq\-flto\(rq if LTOFLAGS is empty)\&. .RE +.PP +\fBautodeps\fR +.RS 4 +Enable the automatic addition of libraries to the depends and provides arrays\&. Search library directories are controlled by the LIB_DIRS variable defined below\&. +.RE .RE .PP \fBINTEGRITY_CHECK=(\fRcheck1 \&...\fB)\fR @@ -334,6 +323,17 @@ array, this variable will instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs\&. If yo Do not add the leading slash to the directory name\&. .RE .PP +\fBLIB_DIRS=(\fRlib:usr/lib \&...\fB)\fR +.RS 4 +If +autodeps +is specified in the +OPTIONS +array, this variable will instruct makepkg where to look to find libraries to add to the +provides +array\&. The format is "prefix:path", where provides will be added for libraries found in "path" with the specified prefix added\&. +.RE +.PP \fBPURGE_TARGETS=(\fRusr/{,share}/info/dir \&.podlist *\&.pod\&...\fB)\fR .RS 4 If @@ -388,6 +388,10 @@ Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source packages i \fBPKGEXT=\fR"\&.pkg\&.tar\&.gz", \fBSRCEXT=\fR"\&.src\&.tar\&.gz" .RS 4 Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages\&. Valid suffixes are +\&.pkg +or +\&.src +(for PKGEXT and SRCEXT resepectively) followed by one of \&.tar\&.gz, \&.tar\&.bz2, \&.tar\&.xz, @@ -452,17 +456,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -545,4 +538,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.convs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.convs.5 index db13efe4..4b7b726b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.convs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.convs.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" mime.convs man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR mime.types (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.types.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.types.5 index da94abe2..d34cad5c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.types.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mime.types.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" mime.types man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -45,9 +45,11 @@ True if the filename matches the given shell wildcard \fIpattern\fR. .TP 5 \fBascii(\fIoffset\fB,\fIlength\fB)\fR True if the \fIlength\fR bytes starting at \fIoffset\fR are valid printable ASCII (CR, NL, TAB, BS, 32-126). +\fIlength\fR cannot exceed 8192 bytes. .TP 5 \fBprintable(\fIoffset\fB,\fIlength\fB)\fR True if the \fIlength\fR bytes starting at \fIoffset\fR are printable 8-bit chars (CR, NL, TAB, BS, 32-126, 128-254). +\fIlength\fR cannot exceed 8192 bytes. .TP 5 \fBpriority(\fInumber\fB)\fR Specifies the relative priority of this MIME media type. @@ -72,8 +74,9 @@ True if the 32-bit big-endian integer at \fIoffset\fR is identical to \fIvalue\f \fBlocale("\fIstring\fB")\fR True if current locale matches \fIstring\fR. .TP 5 -\fBcontains(\fIoffset\fB,\fIrange\fB,"\fIstring\fB")\fR -True if the bytes starting at \fIoffset\fR for \fIrange\fR bytes contains \fIstring\fR. +\fBcontains(\fIoffset\fB,\fIlength\fB,"\fIstring\fB")\fR +True if the bytes starting at \fIoffset\fR for \fIlength\fR bytes contains \fIstring\fR. +\fIlength\fR cannot exceed 8192 bytes. .SS STRING CONSTANTS String constants can be specified inside quotes ("") for strings containing whitespace and angle brackets (<>) for hexadecimal strings. .SS TYPE MATCHING AND PRIORITY @@ -106,4 +109,4 @@ Define two MIME media types for raster data, with one being a subset with higher .BR mime.convs (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mke2fs.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mke2fs.conf.5 index 04a1aca1..af2a5006 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mke2fs.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mke2fs.conf.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" Copyright 2006 by Theodore Ts'o. All Rights Reserved. .\" This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. .\" -.TH mke2fs.conf 5 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH mke2fs.conf 5 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME mke2fs.conf \- Configuration file for mke2fs .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mkinitcpio.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mkinitcpio.conf.5 index 96e37599..036773ea 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/mkinitcpio.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/mkinitcpio.conf.5 @@ -1,104 +1,125 @@ '\" t .\" Title: mkinitcpio.conf -.\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 12/03/2023 +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR(S)" section] +.\" Generator: Asciidoctor 2.0.21 +.\" Date: 2024-04-27 .\" Manual: mkinitcpio manual -.\" Source: \ \& mkinitcpio 37.1 +.\" Source: \ \& .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MKINITCPIO\&.CONF" "5" "12/03/2023" "\ \& mkinitcpio 37\&.1" "mkinitcpio manual" -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * Define some portability stuff -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 -.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html -.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.TH "MKINITCPIO.CONF" "5" "2024-04-27" "\ \&" "mkinitcpio manual" .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq .el .ds Aq ' -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * set default formatting -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" disable hyphenation +.ss \n[.ss] 0 .nh -.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- -.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * -.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.de URL +\fI\\$2\fP <\\$1>\\$3 +.. +.als MTO URL +.if \n[.g] \{\ +. mso www.tmac +. am URL +. ad l +. . +. am MTO +. ad l +. . +. LINKSTYLE blue R < > +.\} .SH "NAME" mkinitcpio.conf \- mkinitcpio configuration file .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -\fI/etc/mkinitcpio\&.conf\fR +\fI/etc/mkinitcpio.conf\fP .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp -mkinitcpio will attempt to read from a configuration file each time it is invoked, \fI/etc/mkinitcpio\&.conf\fR by default\&. This file defines several variables which describe the contents of the image to be generated\&. In addition to the "main" configuration file, drop\-in configuration snippets are read from \fI/etc/mkinitcpio\&.conf\&.d/*\&.conf\fR\&. These drop\-ins have higher precedence and override the main configuration file\&. +mkinitcpio will attempt to read from a configuration file each time it is +invoked, \fI/etc/mkinitcpio.conf\fP by default. This file defines several variables +which describe the contents of the image to be generated. In addition to the "main" +configuration file, drop\-in configuration snippets are read +from \fI/etc/mkinitcpio.conf.d/*.conf\fP. These drop\-ins have higher precedence and +override the main configuration file. .SH "VARIABLES" -.PP -\fBMODULES\fR +.sp +\fBMODULES\fP .RS 4 -Defines an array of additional modules which should be added to the image\&. Dependencies (including other modules and necessary firmware), will also be added to the image\&. At runtime, the modules in this array which were successfully added to the image will be explicitly loaded\&. +Defines an array of additional modules which should be added to the image. +Dependencies (including other modules and necessary firmware), will also be +added to the image. At runtime, the modules in this array which were +successfully added to the image will be explicitly loaded. .RE -.PP -\fBFILES\fR +.sp +\fBFILES\fP .RS 4 -Defines an array of additional files which should be added to the image\&. Files are added as is, and parent directories will be added if needed\&. Files specified in this variable will override previously added files of the same path\&. +Defines an array of additional files which should be added to the image. +Files are added as is, and parent directories will be added if needed. Files +specified in this variable will override previously added files of the same +path. .RE -.PP -\fBBINARIES\fR +.sp +\fBBINARIES\fP .RS 4 -Defines an array of additional binaries which should be added to the image\&. These are assumed to be dynamic ELF binaries, and necessary shared library dependencies will automatically be added\&. However, it is not considered an error to specify a non\-ELF binary in this variable\&. Parent directories will be added if needed\&. Files specified in this variable will override previously added files of the same path\&. +Defines an array of additional binaries which should be added to the +image. These are assumed to be dynamic ELF binaries, and necessary shared +library dependencies will automatically be added. However, it is not +considered an error to specify a non\-ELF binary in this variable. Parent +directories will be added if needed. Files specified in this variable will +override previously added files of the same path. .RE -.PP -\fBHOOKS\fR +.sp +\fBHOOKS\fP .RS 4 -Defines an array of hooks which will be run during the build process\&. Order is important, as it defines the order in which hooks will be run during bootup\&. Use mkinitcpio\(cqs -\fB\-L\fR -flag to list all available hooks, and the -\fB\-H\fR -flag to display the help text for a specific hook\&. +Defines an array of hooks which will be run during the build process. +Order is important, as it defines the order in which hooks will be run +during bootup. Use mkinitcpio\(cqs \fB\-L\fP flag to list all available hooks, +and the \fB\-H\fP flag to display the help text for a specific hook. .RE -.PP -\fBCOMPRESSION\fR +.sp +\fBCOMPRESSION\fP .RS 4 -Defines a program to filter the generated image through\&. The kernel understands the compression formats yielded by the -\fBzstd\fR(1), -\fBgzip\fR(1), -\fBbzip2\fR(1), -\fBlz4\fR(1), -\fBlzop\fR(1), -\fBlzma\fR(1), and -\fBxz\fR(1) compressors\&. If unspecified, this setting defaults to -\fIzstd\fR -compression\&. In order to create an uncompressed image, define this variable as -\fIcat\fR\&. +Defines a program to filter the generated image through. The kernel +understands the compression formats yielded by the \fBzstd\fP(1), \fBgzip\fP(1), +\fBbzip2\fP(1), \fBlz4\fP(1), \fBlzop\fP(1), \fBlzma\fP(1), and \fBxz\fP(1) compressors. If +unspecified, this setting defaults to \fIzstd\fP compression for Linux ≥ 5.9 and +gzip compression for Linux < 5.9. In order to create an uncompressed image, +define this variable as \fIcat\fP. -It is not hard to realize that a filter such as a -\fItac\fR -or -\fIrev\fR -will cause -\fBmkinitcpio\fR -to report success but generate a useless image\&. Similarly, using a compression program not listed above may generate an equally useless image, despite being "valid"\&. +.br +It is not hard to realize that a filter such as a \fItac\fP or \fIrev\fP will cause +\fBmkinitcpio\fP to report success but generate a useless image. Similarly, +using a compression program not listed above may generate an equally useless +image, despite being "valid". .RE -.PP -\fBCOMPRESSION_OPTIONS\fR +.sp +\fBCOMPRESSION_OPTIONS\fP .RS 4 -Defines an array of additional options to be passed to the compression program\&. This option is generally not used\&. It can be potentially dangerous and may cause invalid images to be generated without any sign of an error\&. +Defines an array of additional options to be passed to the compression +program. This option is generally not used. It can be potentially dangerous +and may cause invalid images to be generated without any sign of an error. .RE -.PP -\fBMODULES_DECOMPRESS\fR +.sp +\fBMODULES_DECOMPRESS\fP .RS 4 -Switch (\fIyes\fR/\fIno\fR) to decide whether kernel modules should be compressed or uncompressed during initramfs creation\&. Enabled by default for faster bootup and smaller initramfs size\&. Disable it to reduce RAM usage in early userspace\&. +Switch (\fIyes\fP/\fIno\fP) to decide whether loadable kernel modules and their +firmware should remain compressed or be uncompressed during initramfs +creation. Disabled by default to avoid recompressing the files using a lower +compression and to reduce RAM usage during early boot. Enable to allow +further decreasing image size when using high compression (e.g. +\fBxz \-9e\fP or \fBzstd \-\-long \-\-ultra \-22\fP) at the expense of increased RAM usage +at early boot. + +.br +Note that any compressed files will be placed in the uncompressed early CPIO +to avoid double compression. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .sp -\fBmkinitcpio\fR(8) +\fBmkinitcpio\fP(8) .SH "AUTHORS" .sp -mkinitcpio is maintained by the Arch Linux community\&. Refer to the \fIAUTHORS\fR file for a full list of contributors\&. +mkinitcpio is maintained by the Arch Linux community. Refer to the \fIAUTHORS\fP +file for a full list of contributors. .SH "COPYRIGHT" .sp -Copyright 🄯 mkinitcpio contributors\&. GPL\-2\&.0\-only\&. +Copyright 🄯 mkinitcpio contributors. GPL\-2.0\-only.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/modprobe.d.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/modprobe.d.5 index fb2ac159..8b54f18b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/modprobe.d.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/modprobe.d.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: modprobe.d .\" Author: Jon Masters <jcm@jonmasters.org> .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/09/2023 +.\" Date: 03/05/2024 .\" Manual: modprobe.d .\" Source: kmod .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MODPROBE\&.D" "5" "02/09/2023" "kmod" "modprobe.d" +.TH "MODPROBE\&.D" "5" "03/05/2024" "kmod" "modprobe.d" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ modprobe.d \- Configuration directory for modprobe .PP /lib/modprobe\&.d/*\&.conf .PP +/usr/lib/modprobe\&.d/*\&.conf +.PP /usr/local/lib/modprobe\&.d/*\&.conf .PP /run/modprobe\&.d/*\&.conf diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/modules.dep.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/modules.dep.5 index ac9e2846..cdd0bfff 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/modules.dep.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/modules.dep.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: modules.dep .\" Author: Jon Masters <jcm@jonmasters.org> .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/09/2023 +.\" Date: 03/05/2024 .\" Manual: modules.dep .\" Source: kmod .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MODULES\&.DEP" "5" "02/09/2023" "kmod" "modules.dep" +.TH "MODULES\&.DEP" "5" "03/05/2024" "kmod" "modules.dep" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/motd.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/motd.5 index e530f542..9fbd8c0a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/motd.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/motd.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:08:16 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu> .\" Modified Mon Oct 21 17:47:19 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com> -.TH motd 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH motd 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME motd \- message of the day .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/muttrc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/muttrc.5 index 3426e982..873fb3a7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/muttrc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/muttrc.5 @@ -3675,7 +3675,7 @@ and $post_indent_string. .B ispell .nf Type: path -Default: \(lq/usr/bin/ispell\(rq +Default: \(lqispell\(rq .fi .IP How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell\-checking software). diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nanorc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nanorc.5 index 4416b7dd..672f6e16 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nanorc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nanorc.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 2003-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 2003-2011, 2013-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH NANORC 5 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH NANORC 5 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME nanorc \- GNU nano's configuration file .SH DESCRIPTION The \fInanorc\fP files contain the default settings for \fBnano\fP, -a small and friendly editor. During startup, if \fB\-\-rcfile\fR +a small and friendly text editor. During startup, if \fB\-\-rcfile\fR is not given, \fBnano\fR will read two files: first the system-wide settings, from \fI/etc/nanorc\fP (the exact path might be different on your system), and then the user-specific settings, either @@ -32,6 +32,24 @@ or from \fI~/.config/nano/nanorc\fR, whichever is encountered first. If \fB\-\-rcfile\fR is given, \fBnano\fR will read just the specified settings file. +.SH NOTICE +Since version 8.0, to be newcomer friendly, \fB^F\fR starts a forward search, +\fB^B\fR starts a backward search, \fBM\-F\fR searches the next occurrence +forward, and \fBM\-B\fR searches the next occurrence backward. If you want +those keystrokes to do what they did before version 8.0, add the following +lines at the end of your \fInanorc\fR file: +.sp +.RS 4 +.B bind ^F forward main +.br +.B bind ^B back main +.br +.B bind M\-F formatter main +.br +.B bind M\-B linter main +.RE +.sp + .SH OPTIONS The configuration file accepts a series of \fBset\fP and \fBunset\fP commands, which can be used to configure nano on startup without using @@ -80,10 +98,12 @@ with \fBset backup\fR or \fB\-\-backup\fR or \fB\-B\fR. The uniquely numbered files are stored in the specified \fIdirectory\fR. .TP .B set boldtext -Use bold instead of reverse video for the title bar, status bar, key combos, -function tags, line numbers, and selected text. This can be overridden by -setting the options \fBtitlecolor\fP, \fBstatuscolor\fP, \fBkeycolor\fP, -\fBfunctioncolor\fP, \fBnumbercolor\fP, and \fBselectedcolor\fP. +Use bold instead of reverse video for the title bar, status bar, +prompt bar, mini bar, key combos, function tags, line numbers, +and selected text. This can be overridden by setting the options +\fBtitlecolor\fP, \fBstatuscolor\fP, +\fBpromptcolor\fP, \fBminicolor\fP, \fBkeycolor\fP, \fBfunctioncolor\fP, +\fBnumbercolor\fP, and/or \fBselectedcolor\fP. .TP .B set bookstyle When justifying, treat any line that starts with whitespace as the @@ -171,7 +191,7 @@ The default value is "\fB(<[{)>]}\fP". .B set minibar Suppress the title bar and instead show information about the current buffer at the bottom of the screen, in the space -for the status bar. In this "minibar" the filename is shown +for the status bar. In this "mini bar" the filename is shown on the left, followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified. On the right are displayed the current line and column number, the code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode format: U+xxxx), @@ -186,7 +206,7 @@ The line plus column numbers and the character code are displayed only when The state flags are displayed only when \fBset stateflags\fR is used. .TP .B set minicolor \fR[\fBbold,\fR][\fBitalic,\fR]\fIfgcolor\fB,\fIbgcolor\fR -Use this color combination for the minibar. +Use this color combination for the mini bar. (When this option is not specified, the colors of the title bar are used.) See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details. .TP @@ -239,7 +259,7 @@ See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details. .BI "set punct """ characters """ Set the characters treated as closing punctuation when justifying paragraphs. This may not include blank characters. Only the -specfified closing punctuation, optionally followed by closing brackets +specified closing punctuation, optionally followed by closing brackets (see \fBbrackets\fP), can end sentences. The default value is "\fB!.?\fP". .TP .B set quickblank @@ -278,8 +298,6 @@ Save a changed buffer automatically on exit (\fB^X\fR); don't prompt. .TP .B set scrollercolor \fIfgcolor\fB,\fIbgcolor\fR Use this color combination for the indicator alias "scrollbar". -(On terminal emulators that link to a libvte older than version 0.55, -using a background color here does not work correctly.) See \fBset titlecolor\fR for more details. .TP .B set selectedcolor \fR[\fBbold,\fR][\fBitalic,\fR]\fIfgcolor\fB,\fIbgcolor\fR @@ -335,6 +353,7 @@ greater than 0. The default value is \fB8\fR. .B set tabstospaces Convert each typed tab to spaces -- to the number of spaces that a tab at that position would take up. +(Note: pasted tabs are not converted.) .TP .B set titlecolor \fR[\fBbold,\fR][\fBitalic,\fR]\fIfgcolor\fB,\fIbgcolor\fR Use this color combination for the title bar. @@ -345,6 +364,8 @@ Each of these eight names may be prefixed with the word \fBlight\fR to get a brighter version of that color. The word \fBgrey\fR or \fBgray\fR may be used as a synonym for \fBlightblack\fR. +On a Linux console, \fBlight\fR does not have +any effect for a background color. On terminal emulators that can do at least 256 colors, other valid (but unprefixable) color names are: .BR pink ", " purple ", " mauve ", " lagoon ", " mint ", " @@ -398,12 +419,6 @@ and disappears after 1.5 seconds or upon the next keystroke. With \fBM\-Z\fR the title bar plus status bar can be toggled. With \fBM\-X\fR the help lines. -.SH NOTES -Option \fBset suspendable\fR has been removed. -Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via \fB^T^Z\fR. -(If you want a plain \fB^Z\fR to suspend nano, -add \fBbind ^Z suspend main\fR to your nanorc.) - .SH SYNTAX HIGHLIGHTING Coloring the different syntactic elements of a file is done via regular expressions (see the \fBcolor\fR command below). @@ -444,9 +459,10 @@ will be added to this syntax, until a new \fBsyntax\fR command is encountered. .sp When \fBnano\fR is run, this syntax will be automatically -activated if the current filename matches the extended regular -expression \fIfileregex\fR. Or the syntax can be explicitly -activated by using the \fB\-Y\fR or \fB\-\-syntax\fR +activated (for the relevant buffer) if the absolute filename +matches the extended regular expression \fIfileregex\fR. +Or the syntax can be explicitly activated (for all buffers) +by using the \fB\-Y\fR or \fB\-\-syntax\fR command-line option followed by the \fIname\fR. .sp The syntax \fBdefault\fP is special: it takes no \fIfileregex\fR, @@ -499,6 +515,8 @@ Each of these eight names may be prefixed with the word \fBlight\fR to get a brighter version of that color. The word \fBgrey\fR or \fBgray\fR may be used as a synonym for \fBlightblack\fR. +On a Linux console, \fBlight\fR does not have +any effect for a background color. On terminal emulators that can do at least 256 colors, other valid (but unprefixable) color names are: .BR pink ", " purple ", " mauve ", " lagoon ", " mint ", " @@ -570,7 +588,7 @@ menus where the key exists when \fBall\fP is used). .sp Note that \fBbind \fIkey\fR \fB"{\fIfunction\fB}"\fR \fImenu\fR is equivalent to \fBbind \fIkey\fR \fIfunction\fR \fImenu\fR, except that for the latter form -\fBnano\fR will check the availabilty of the \fIfunction\fR in the given \fImenu\fR +\fBnano\fR will check the availability of the \fIfunction\fR in the given \fImenu\fR at startup time (and report an error if it does not exist there), whereas for the first form \fBnano\fR will check at execution time that the \fIfunction\fR exists but not whether it makes any sense in the current menu. The user has to take care @@ -791,6 +809,12 @@ Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current or preceding block of text. .B nextblock Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next block of text. .TP +.B toprow +Moves the cursor to the first row in the viewport. +.TP +.B bottomrow +Moves the cursor to the last row in the viewport. +.TP .B pageup Goes up one screenful. .TP @@ -886,7 +910,7 @@ Toggles between searching for something and replacing something. Toggles between searching for text and targeting a line number. .TP .B flipexecute -Toggles between inserting a file and executing a command. +Switches from inserting a file to executing a command. .TP .B flippipe When executing a command, toggles whether the current buffer (or marked @@ -1038,6 +1062,20 @@ For \fBbind\fR it means all menus where the specified \fIfunction\fR exists; for \fBunbind\fR it means all menus where the specified \fIkey\fR exists. .RE +.SH EXAMPLES +To make \fBCtrl+Z\fR suspend nano: +.sp +.RS +.B bind ^Z suspend main +.RE +.sp +To make \fBShift+Alt+C\fR copy the marked region to the system's clipboard: +.sp +.RS +.B bind Sh-M-C """{execute}| xsel -ib {enter}{undo}""" main +.RE +.sp + .SH FILES .TP .I /etc/nanorc diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/networks.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/networks.5 index f30ceef9..5fbf41eb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/networks.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/networks.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" 2008-09-04, mtk, taken from Debian downstream, with a few light edits .\" -.TH networks 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH networks 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME networks \- network name information .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ names for these networks. Each line represents a network and has the following structure: .P .RS -.I name number aliases ... +.I name number aliases .\|.\|. .RE .P where the fields are delimited by spaces or tabs. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nologin.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nologin.5 index e5875188..c90aee41 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nologin.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nologin.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:06:34 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) .\" Corrected Mon Oct 21 17:47:19 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond (esr@thyrsus.com) -.TH nologin 5 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH nologin 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME nologin \- prevent unprivileged users from logging into the system .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nss.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nss.5 index cf301fc3..d40b1081 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nss.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nss.5 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only .\" -.TH nss 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH nss 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME nss \- Name Service Switch configuration file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 index 2d2bd64c..1a839448 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH nsswitch.conf 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH nsswitch.conf 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME nsswitch.conf \- Name Service Switch configuration file .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/org.freedesktop.resolve1.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/org.freedesktop.resolve1.5 index 4f3b397f..2046567f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/org.freedesktop.resolve1.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/org.freedesktop.resolve1.5 @@ -420,6 +420,32 @@ set) so that all settings take effect during the full time the network interface The \fBRevertLink()\fR method may be used to revert all per\-link settings described above to the defaults\&. +.PP +The +\fBFlushCaches()\fR +flushes all resource record caches maintained by the resolver, and ensures that any subsequent lookups re\-request their responses from their sources\&. +.PP +The +\fBResetServerFeatures()\fR +flushes any feature information learned about remote DNS servers\&. This ensures that subsequent lookups will be initially attempted at the highest DNS protocol feature level again, possibly requiring a (potentially slow) downgrade cycle to recognize the supported feature level again\&. +.PP +The +\fBRegisterService()\fR +method may be used to register a DNS\-SD service on the host\&. This functionality is closely related to the functionality provided by +\fBsystemd.dnssd\fR(5) +files\&. It takes a server identifier string as first parameter (this is jus a local identifier, and should be chosen so that it neither collides with the basename of +*\&.dnssd +files nor with names chosen by other IPC clients)\&. It also takes a name template string for the DNS\-SD service name visible on the network\&. This string is subject to specifier expansation, as documented for the +\fIName=\fR +setting in +*\&.dnssd +files\&. It also takes a service type string containing the DNS\-SD service type, as well as an IP port, a priority/weight pair for the DNS\-SD SRV record\&. Finally, it takes an array of TXT record data\&. It returns an object path which may be used as handle to the registered service\&. +.PP +The +\fBUnregisterService()\fR +method undoes the effect of +\fBRegisterService()\fR +and deletes a DNS\-SD service previously created via IPC again\&. .sp .it 1 an-trap .nr an-no-space-flag 1 @@ -646,6 +672,10 @@ property reports whether the stub listener on port 53 is enabled\&. Possible val (only the UDP listener is enabled), and "tcp" (only the TCP listener is enabled)\&. +.PP +The +\fIDNSSECNegativeTrustAnchors\fR +property contains a list of recognized DNSSEC negative trust anchors and contains a list of domains\&. .SH "LINK OBJECT" .sp .if n \{\ diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pacman.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pacman.conf.5 index 40eaae05..4cfed203 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pacman.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pacman.conf.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: pacman.conf .\" Author: [see the "Authors" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 2024-02-06 +.\" Date: 2024-03-15 .\" Manual: Pacman Manual -.\" Source: Pacman 6.0.2 +.\" Source: Pacman 6.1.0 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PACMAN\&.CONF" "5" "2024\-02\-06" "Pacman 6\&.0\&.2" "Pacman Manual" +.TH "PACMAN\&.CONF" "5" "2024\-03\-15" "Pacman 6\&.1\&.0" "Pacman Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ will use the system architecture, provided via \(lquname \-m\(rq\&. If unset, no can always be installed, as they are meant to be architecture independent\&. .RE .PP -\fBXferCommand =\fR /path/to/command %u +\fBXferCommand =\fR /path/to/command %u [%o] .RS 4 If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files\&. All instances of %u @@ -291,6 +291,11 @@ Include another config file\&. This file can include repositories or general con rules\&. .RE .PP +\fBCacheServer =\fR url +.RS 4 +A full URL to a location where the packages, and signatures (if available) for this repository can be found\&. Cache servers will be tried before any non\-cache servers, will not be removed from the server pool for 404 download errors, and will not be used for database files\&. +.RE +.PP \fBServer =\fR url .RS 4 A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if available) for this repository can be found\&. @@ -499,17 +504,6 @@ Andrew Gregory <andrew\&.gregory\&.8@gmail\&.com> .sp -1 .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} -Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> -.RE -.sp -.RS 4 -.ie n \{\ -\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c -.\} -.el \{\ -.sp -1 -.IP \(bu 2.3 -.\} Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp @@ -592,4 +586,15 @@ Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl\&.u\-szeged\&.hu> Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux\&.org> .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux\&.org> +.RE +.sp For additional contributors, use git shortlog \-s on the pacman\&.git repository\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pam_winbind.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pam_winbind.conf.5 index 2506b70c..ed296c50 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pam_winbind.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pam_winbind.conf.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: pam_winbind.conf .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: 5 -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PAM_WINBIND\&.CONF" "5" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "5" +.TH "PAM_WINBIND\&.CONF" "5" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "5" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ and (when the DIR type is supported by the system\*(Aqs Kerberos library)\&. In case of FILE a credential cache in the form of /tmp/krb5cc_UID will be created \- in case of DIR you NEED to specify a directory\&. UID is replaced with the numeric user id\&. The UID directory is being created\&. The path up to the directory should already exist\&. Check the details of the Kerberos implementation\&. .sp When using the KEYRING type, the supported mechanism is -\(lqKEYRING:persistent:UID\(rq, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store credentials on a per\-UID basis\&. The KEYRING has its limitations\&. As it is secure kernel memory, for example bulk sorage of credentils is for not possible\&. +\(lqKEYRING:persistent:UID\(rq, which uses the Linux kernel keyring to store credentials on a per\-UID basis\&. The KEYRING has its limitations\&. As it is secure kernel memory, for example bulk storage of credentials is not possible\&. .sp -When using th KCM type, the supported mechanism is -\(lqKCM:UID\(rq, which uses a Kerberos credential manaager to store credentials on a per\-UID basis similar to KEYRING\&. This is the recommended choice on latest Linux distributions, offering a Kerberos Credential Manager\&. If not we suggest to use KEYRING as those are the most secure and predictable method\&. +When using the KCM type, the supported mechanism is +\(lqKCM:UID\(rq, which uses a Kerberos credential manager to store credentials on a per\-UID basis similar to KEYRING\&. This is the recommended choice on latest Linux distributions, offering a Kerberos Credential Manager\&. If not we suggest to use KEYRING as that is the most secure and predictable method\&. .sp It is also possible to define custom filepaths and use the "%u" pattern in order to substitute the numeric user id\&. Examples: .PP @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Generate prompt for changing an expired password\&. Defaults to "no"\&. \fBsmb.conf\fR(5) .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of Samba\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of Samba\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pci.ids.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pci.ids.5 index 154c7a6c..26b373ca 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/pci.ids.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/pci.ids.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pci.ids 5 "25 February 2024" "pciutils-3.11.1" "The PCI Utilities" +.TH pci.ids 5 "05 April 2024" "pciutils-3.12.0" "The PCI Utilities" .SH NAME pci.ids \- list of known identifiers related to PCI devices diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ppdcfile.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ppdcfile.5 index 12e862cf..2918d530 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ppdcfile.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ppdcfile.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" ppdcfile man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2007 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -159,4 +159,4 @@ Printers that do not support IPP can be supported using applications such as .BR ppdpo (1), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/printers.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/printers.conf.5 index 8d77ffa4..ebf6f7f2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/printers.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/printers.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" printers.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ The name, location, and format of this file are an implementation detail that wi .BR subscriptions.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc.5 index 788cb97e..f4ac89d4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc 5 2024-05-19 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME proc \- process information, system information, and sysctl pseudo-filesystem .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ information about running processes (e.g., discovering whether some daemon is running with elevated privileges, whether another user is running some sensitive program, whether other users are running any program at all, and so on). -.RE .TP .BR gid "=\fIgid\fP (since Linux 3.3)" .\" commit 0499680a42141d86417a8fbaa8c8db806bea1201 @@ -105,7 +104,13 @@ This group should be used instead of approaches such as putting nonroot users into the .BR sudoers (5) file. -.\" +.RE +.TP +.BR subset = pid " (since Linux 5.8)" +.\" commit 6814ef2d992af09451bbeda4770daa204461329e +Show only the specified subset of procfs, +hiding all top level files and directories in the procfs +that are not related to tasks. .SS Overview Underneath .IR /proc , @@ -176,7 +181,9 @@ Various other files and subdirectories under .I /proc expose system-wide information. .P -All of the above are described in more detail below. +All of the above are described in more detail in separate manpages +whose names start with +.BR proc_ . .\" .\" .SH FILES .\" FIXME Describe /proc/[pid]/sessionid diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_apm.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_apm.5 index 03462ace..fe07ed33 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_apm.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_apm.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_apm 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_apm 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/apm \- advanced power management .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_buddyinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_buddyinfo.5 index 7b3db6c6..67576dd3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_buddyinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_buddyinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_buddyinfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_buddyinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/buddyinfo \- memory fragmentation .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_bus.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_bus.5 index aeb8ec62..7ccd900e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_bus.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_bus.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_bus 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_bus 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/bus/ \- installed buses .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cgroups.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cgroups.5 index 61a675e0..b85a648d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cgroups.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cgroups.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_cgroups 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_cgroups 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/cgroups \- control groups .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cmdline.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cmdline.5 index f030d61b..437e89d0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cmdline.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cmdline.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_cmdline 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_cmdline 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/cmdline \- kernel boot arguments .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_config.gz.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_config.gz.5 index eedafc80..cd6278dc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_config.gz.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_config.gz.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_config.gz 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_config.gz 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/config.gz \- kernel build configuration .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cpuinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cpuinfo.5 index 648f5057..caaa2ea5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cpuinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_cpuinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_cpuinfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_cpuinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/cpuinfo \- CPU and system architecture information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_crypto.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_crypto.5 index a3e0096d..fe4bbc4e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_crypto.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_crypto.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_crypto 5 2023-11-24 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_crypto 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/crypto \- ciphers provided by kernel crypto API .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_devices.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_devices.5 index b17fb81a..8e22aef6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_devices.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_devices.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_devices 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_devices 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/devices \- major numbers and device groups .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_diskstats.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_diskstats.5 index 59c028f9..27e81854 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_diskstats.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_diskstats.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_diskstats 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_diskstats 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/diskstats \- disk I/O statistics .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_dma.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_dma.5 index ddc4dd94..30ff338e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_dma.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_dma.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_dma 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_dma 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/dma \- ISA DMA channels .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_driver.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_driver.5 index ec17a4c4..64417fa4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_driver.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_driver.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_driver 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_driver 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/driver/ \- empty dir .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_execdomains.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_execdomains.5 index f77465b3..fec20c65 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_execdomains.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_execdomains.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_execdomains 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_execdomains 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/execdomains \- ABI personalities (obsolete) .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fb.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fb.5 index 96336075..6a4ed6c2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fb.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fb.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_fb 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_fb 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/fb \- frame buffer .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_filesystems.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_filesystems.5 index c7f002a6..0f51dc44 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_filesystems.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_filesystems.5 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .\" to see what information could be imported from that file .\" into this file. .\" -.TH proc_filesystems 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_filesystems 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/filesystems \- supported filesystems .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fs.5 index 57bcbfc9..b4149d5e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_fs.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_fs 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_fs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/fs/ \- mounted filesystems .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ide.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ide.5 index 41521a63..b40d13e8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ide.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ide.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_ide 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_ide 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/ide/ \- IDE channels and attached devices .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_interrupts.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_interrupts.5 index c9874bca..ca4d21f2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_interrupts.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_interrupts.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_interrupts 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_interrupts 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/interrupts \- number of interrupts .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_iomem.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_iomem.5 index e9c17dfd..b4c6ed0e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_iomem.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_iomem.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_iomem 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_iomem 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/iomem \- I/O memory map .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ioports.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ioports.5 index 968cf555..08d5dc4d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ioports.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_ioports.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_ioports 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_ioports 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/ioports \- I/O port regions .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kallsyms.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kallsyms.5 index 91b53638..faf45f41 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kallsyms.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kallsyms.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kallsyms 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kallsyms 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kallsyms \- kernel exported symbols .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kcore.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kcore.5 index 269b73c5..4f5b3bc8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kcore.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kcore.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kcore 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kcore 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kcore \- physical memory .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_keys.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_keys.5 index 9c4f2d5b..68cf4c3a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_keys.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_keys.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_keys 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_keys 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/keys, /proc/key\-users \- in-kernel key management .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kmsg.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kmsg.5 index a64e0361..7faedbdb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kmsg.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kmsg.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kmsg 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kmsg 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kmsg \- kernel messages .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecgroup.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecgroup.5 index ee0877e6..3c56331d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecgroup.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecgroup.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kpagecgroup 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kpagecgroup 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kpagecgroup \- memory cgroups .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecount.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecount.5 index 8bb8230a..2a589510 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecount.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpagecount.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kpagecount 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kpagecount 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kpagecount \- count of mappings of physical pages .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpageflags.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpageflags.5 index e0f9b751..fb2c793d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpageflags.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_kpageflags.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_kpageflags 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_kpageflags 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/kpageflags \- physical pages frame masks .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_loadavg.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_loadavg.5 index 3403a2b1..a3051ab3 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_loadavg.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_loadavg.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_loadavg 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_loadavg 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/loadavg \- load average .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_locks.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_locks.5 index 5269cce1..24e5075f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_locks.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_locks.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_locks 5 2023-11-19 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_locks 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/locks \- current file locks and leases .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_malloc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_malloc.5 index 9ed444e2..d1dd6027 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_malloc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_malloc.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_malloc 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_malloc 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/malloc \- debug malloc (obsolete) .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_meminfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_meminfo.5 index d2454114..df451db1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_meminfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_meminfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_meminfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_meminfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/meminfo \- memory usage .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_modules.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_modules.5 index 56ad8f9e..7e47d193 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_modules.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_modules.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_modules 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_modules 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/modules \- loaded modules .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_mtrr.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_mtrr.5 index 6860d112..f1594c50 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_mtrr.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_mtrr.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_mtrr 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_mtrr 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/mtrr \- memory type range registers .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_partitions.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_partitions.5 index ef5874d8..4e216cb7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_partitions.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_partitions.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_partitions 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_partitions 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/partitions \- major and minor numbers of partitions .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pci.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pci.5 index 0fa2cc88..a2d84daa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pci.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pci.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pci 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pci 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pci \- PCI devices .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid.5 index 172b7805..084ab77d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/, /proc/self/ \- process information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_attr.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_attr.5 index 2f8fa2a8..eed804d0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_attr.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_attr.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_attr 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_attr 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/attr/ \- security-related attributes .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_autogroup.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_autogroup.5 index 7765d533..2f0c2b7e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_autogroup.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_autogroup.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_autogroup 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_autogroup 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME proc_pid_autogroup \- group tasks for the scheduler .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_auxv.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_auxv.5 index ce36368a..925ada8a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_auxv.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_auxv.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_auxv 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_auxv 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/auxv \- exec(3) information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cgroup.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cgroup.5 index 2605b502..3a639e85 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cgroup.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cgroup.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_cgroup 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_cgroup 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/cgroup \- control group .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_clear_refs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_clear_refs.5 index d98144aa..1466063a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_clear_refs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_clear_refs.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_clear_refs 5 2023-09-07 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_clear_refs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/clear_refs \- reset the PG_Referenced and ACCESSED/YOUNG bits .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cmdline.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cmdline.5 index 25c43b5e..ffcc90da 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cmdline.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cmdline.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_cmdline 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_cmdline 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/cmdline \- command line .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_comm.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_comm.5 index 18566e95..e6000cba 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_comm.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_comm.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_comm 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_comm 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/comm \- command name .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_coredump_filter.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_coredump_filter.5 index 638020bc..523fe430 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_coredump_filter.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_coredump_filter.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_coredump_filter 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_coredump_filter 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/coredump_filter \- core dump filter .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cpuset.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cpuset.5 index 26314704..89f0bbd8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cpuset.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cpuset.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_cpuset 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_cpuset 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/cpuset \- CPU affinity sets .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cwd.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cwd.5 index 5ed1b137..398799c7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cwd.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_cwd.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_cwd 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_cwd 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/cwd \- symbolic link to current working directory .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_environ.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_environ.5 index 075a2674..86e3cd8c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_environ.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_environ.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_environ 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_environ 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/environ \- initial environment .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_exe.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_exe.5 index ca9b7f09..0fa38f43 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_exe.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_exe.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_exe 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_exe 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/exe \- symbolic link to program pathname .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fd.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fd.5 index bb86075d..28b0b6b9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fd.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fd.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_fd 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_fd 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/fd/ \- file descriptors .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fdinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fdinfo.5 index 3703012b..87774695 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fdinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_fdinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_fdinfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_fdinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/fdinfo/ \- information about file descriptors .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_io.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_io.5 index f989e493..aab550a9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_io.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_io.5 @@ -4,14 +4,16 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_io 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_io 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/io \- I/O statistics .SH DESCRIPTION .TP .IR /proc/ pid /io " (since Linux 2.6.20)" .\" commit 7c3ab7381e79dfc7db14a67c6f4f3285664e1ec2 -This file contains I/O statistics for the process, for example: +This file contains I/O statistics +for the process and its waited-for children, +for example: .IP .in +4n .EX @@ -30,69 +32,69 @@ The fields are as follows: .RS .TP .IR rchar ": characters read" -The number of bytes which this task has caused to be read from storage. -This is simply the sum of bytes which this process passed to +The number of bytes +returned by successful .BR read (2) and similar system calls. -It includes things such as terminal I/O and -is unaffected by whether or not actual -physical disk I/O was required (the read might have been satisfied from -pagecache). .TP .IR wchar ": characters written" -The number of bytes which this task has caused, or shall cause to be written -to disk. -Similar caveats apply here as with -.IR rchar . +The number of bytes +returned by successful +.BR write (2) +and similar system calls. .TP .IR syscr ": read syscalls" -Attempt to count the number of read I/O operations\[em]that is, -system calls such as +The number of "file read" system calls\[em]those from the .BR read (2) +family, +.BR sendfile (2), +.BR copy_file_range (2), and -.BR pread (2). +.BR ioctl (2) +.BR BTRFS_IOC_ENCODED_READ [ _32 ] +(including when invoked by the kernel as part of other syscalls). .TP .IR syscw ": write syscalls" -Attempt to count the number of write I/O operations\[em]that is, -system calls such as +The number of "file write" system calls\[em]those from the .BR write (2) +family, +.BR sendfile (2), +.BR copy_file_range (2), and -.BR pwrite (2). +.BR ioctl (2) +.BR BTRFS_IOC_ENCODED_WRITE [ _32 ] +(including when invoked by the kernel as part of other syscalls). .TP .IR read_bytes ": bytes read" -Attempt to count the number of bytes which this process really did cause to -be fetched from the storage layer. +The number of bytes really fetched from the storage layer. This is accurate for block-backed filesystems. .TP .IR write_bytes ": bytes written" -Attempt to count the number of bytes which this process caused to be sent to -the storage layer. +The number of bytes really sent to the storage layer. .TP .IR cancelled_write_bytes : -The big inaccuracy here is truncate. -If a process writes 1 MB to a file and then deletes the file, -it will in fact perform no writeout. -But it will have been accounted as having caused 1 MB of write. -In other words: this field represents the number of bytes which this process -caused to not happen, by truncating pagecache. -A task can cause "negative" I/O too. -If this task truncates some dirty pagecache, -some I/O which another task has been accounted for -(in its -.IR write_bytes ) -will not be happening. +The above statistics fail to account for truncation: +if a process writes 1 MB to a regular file and then removes it, +said 1 MB will not be written, but +.I will +have nevertheless been accounted as a 1 MB write. +This field represents the number of bytes "saved" from I/O writeback. +This can yield to having done negative I/O +if caches dirtied by another process are truncated. +.I cancelled_write_bytes +applies to I/O already accounted-for in +.IR write_bytes . .RE .IP -.IR Note : -In the current implementation, things are a bit racy on 32-bit systems: -if process A reads process B's -.IR /proc/ pid /io -while process B is updating one of these 64-bit counters, -process A could see an intermediate result. -.IP -Permission to access this file is governed by a ptrace access mode -.B PTRACE_MODE_READ_FSCREDS -check; see -.BR ptrace (2). +Permission to access this file is governed by +.BR ptrace (2) +access mode +.BR PTRACE_MODE_READ_FSCREDS . +.SH CAVEATS +These counters are not atomic: +on systems where 64-bit integer operations may tear, +a counter could be updated simultaneously with a read, +yielding an incorrect intermediate value. .SH SEE ALSO +.BR getrusage (2), .BR proc (5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_limits.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_limits.5 index 70ad07d0..739946ca 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_limits.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_limits.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_oid_limits 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_oid_limits 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/limits \- resource limits .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_map_files.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_map_files.5 index e1ba8024..854d6c6b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_map_files.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_map_files.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_map_files 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_map_files 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/map_files/ \- memory-mapped files .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_maps.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_maps.5 index 22c220f3..6c8b9961 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_maps.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_maps.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_maps 5 2023-09-07 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_maps 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/maps \- mapped memory regions .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mem.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mem.5 index 8cea82e2..7cf5efd1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mem.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mem.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_mem 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_mem 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/mem \- memory .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountinfo.5 index 2ff0da3d..dd56dad9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_mountinfo 5 2023-11-24 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_mountinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/mountinfo \- mount information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mounts.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mounts.5 index 3084ce13..eb50c1b9 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mounts.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mounts.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_mounts 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_mounts 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/mounts \- mounted filesystems .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountstats.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountstats.5 index 024d69a8..36999dfa 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountstats.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_mountstats.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_mountstats 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_mountstats 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/mountstats \- mount statistics .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_net.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_net.5 index 21ae4a6f..095e0dc1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_net.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_net.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_net 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_net 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/net/, /proc/net/ \- network layer information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_ns.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_ns.5 index 37517e35..ec8814a4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_ns.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_ns.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_ns 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_ns 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/ns/ \- namespaces .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_numa_maps.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_numa_maps.5 index cad08414..d23b6a2a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_numa_maps.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_numa_maps.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_numa_maps 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_numa_maps 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/numa_maps \- NUMA memory policy and allocation .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score.5 index 96975fc6..c8e19ccc 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_oom_score 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_oom_score 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/oom_score \- OOM-killer score .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score_adj.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score_adj.5 index 8eb725e9..4aa958cd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score_adj.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_oom_score_adj.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_oom_score_adj 5 2023-11-24 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_oom_score_adj 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/oom_score_adj \- OOM-killer score adjustment .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_pagemap.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_pagemap.5 index 85d4ea86..ab942b03 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_pagemap.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_pagemap.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_pagemap 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_pagemap 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/pagemap \- mapping of virtual pages .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_personality.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_personality.5 index 2bef64f9..5a4b7d9e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_personality.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_personality.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_personality 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_personality 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/personality \- execution domain .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_projid_map.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_projid_map.5 index 33090b5b..344d4cc2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_projid_map.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_projid_map.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_projid_map 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_projid_map 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/projid_map \- project ID mappings .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_root.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_root.5 index b6b31752..8b42c399 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_root.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_root.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_root 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_root 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/root/ \- symbolic link to root directory .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_seccomp.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_seccomp.5 index 031dc5ca..8f9680cb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_seccomp.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_seccomp.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_seccomp 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_seccomp 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/seccomp \- secure computing mode .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_setgroups.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_setgroups.5 index 10dda201..38fad2db 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_setgroups.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_setgroups.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_setgroups 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_setgroups 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/setgroups \- allow or deny setting groups .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_smaps.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_smaps.5 index f0e0b8ae..0653729c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_smaps.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_smaps.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_smaps 5 2023-09-07 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_smaps 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/smaps \- XXX: What does 's' in "smaps" stand for? .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stack.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stack.5 index b2e88261..b417ceea 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stack.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stack.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_stack 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_stack 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/stack \- kernel stack .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stat.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stat.5 index 85f42135..3c379a66 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stat.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_stat.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_stat 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_stat 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/stat \- status information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_statm.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_statm.5 index 6b02d572..e077f64f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_statm.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_statm.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_statm 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_statm 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/statm \- memory usage information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_status.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_status.5 index eddd21b9..970854c4 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_status.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_status.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_status 5 2023-10-23 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_status 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/status \- memory usage and status information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_syscall.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_syscall.5 index c5b6188c..3b6dc5ff 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_syscall.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_syscall.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_syscall 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_syscall 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/syscall \- currently executed system call .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_task.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_task.5 index 4b04c84f..10ebb48b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_task.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_task.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_task 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_task 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/task/, /proc/tid/, /proc/thread\-self/ \- thread information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timers.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timers.5 index ebee7769..fe3e5b6e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timers.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timers.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_timers 5 2023-09-07 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_timers 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/timers \- POSIX timers .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timerslack_ns.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timerslack_ns.5 index 60a51f57..fb118bd7 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timerslack_ns.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_timerslack_ns.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_timerslack_ns 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_timerslack_ns 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/timerslack_ns \- timer slack in nanoseconds .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_uid_map.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_uid_map.5 index 14cfdf3e..68f2f471 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_uid_map.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_uid_map.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_uid_map 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_uid_map 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/gid_map, /proc/pid/uid_map \- user and group ID mappings .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_wchan.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_wchan.5 index c9e018a6..adc4dbaf 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_wchan.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_pid_wchan.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_pid_wchan 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_pid_wchan 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/pid/wchan \- wait channel .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_profile.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_profile.5 index 0a97484a..31882b7d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_profile.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_profile.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_profile 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_profile 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/profile \- kernel profiling .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_scsi.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_scsi.5 index 753d0ff0..28b5d20d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_scsi.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_scsi.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_scsi 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_scsi 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/scsi/ \- SCSI .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_slabinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_slabinfo.5 index d551a431..87f7109f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_slabinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_slabinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_slabinfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_slabinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/slabinfo \- kernel caches .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_stat.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_stat.5 index 52a14b4f..7f1a4193 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_stat.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_stat.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_stat 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_stat 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/stat \- kernel system statistics .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_swaps.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_swaps.5 index cb411aac..007fdb99 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_swaps.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_swaps.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_swaps 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_swaps 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/swaps \- swap areas .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys.5 index 130ec5bf..50d8d2d8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/ \- system information, and sysctl pseudo-filesystem .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_abi.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_abi.5 index 161413bf..2500974f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_abi.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_abi.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_abi 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_abi 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/abi/ \- application binary information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_debug.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_debug.5 index cf2f458d..c243cd5f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_debug.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_debug.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_debug 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_debug 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/debug/ \- debug .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_dev.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_dev.5 index 0f6c11f5..2745142f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_dev.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_dev.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_dev 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_dev 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/dev/ \- device-specific information .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_fs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_fs.5 index 9196d399..af3f8a64 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_fs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_fs.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_fs 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_fs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/fs/ \- kernel variables related to filesystems .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_kernel.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_kernel.5 index 8563a761..373705cb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_kernel.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_kernel.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_kernel 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_kernel 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/kernel/ \- control a range of kernel parameters .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_net.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_net.5 index ba5b8956..598bc3cf 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_net.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_net.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_net 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_net 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/net/ \- networking .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_proc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_proc.5 index 758ace67..a37a3ab2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_proc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_proc.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_proc 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_proc 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/proc/ \- ??? .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_sunrpc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_sunrpc.5 index b6b207be..de990ad5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_sunrpc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_sunrpc.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_sunrpc 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_sunrpc 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/sunrpc/ \- Sun remote procedure call for NFS .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_user.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_user.5 index 3fe4e6ea..50c2d91f 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_user.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_user.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_user 5 2023-11-24 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_user 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/user/ \- limits on the number of namespaces of various types .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_vm.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_vm.5 index 4f978478..f4aedf05 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_vm.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sys_vm.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sys_vm 5 2023-09-30 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sys_vm 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sys/vm/ \- virtual memory subsystem .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysrq-trigger.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysrq-trigger.5 index 89c488c5..488e8a1c 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysrq-trigger.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysrq-trigger.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sysrq-trigger 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sysrq-trigger 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sysrq\-trigger \- SysRq function .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysvipc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysvipc.5 index 5fdf75f8..37b4ddee 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysvipc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_sysvipc.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_sysvipc 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_sysvipc 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/sysvipc/ \- System V IPC .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tid_children.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tid_children.5 index 67f984b9..212ef5bb 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tid_children.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tid_children.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_tid_children 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_tid_children 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/tid/children \- child tasks .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_list.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_list.5 index 51b9575b..7a840c70 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_list.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_list.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_timer_list 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_timer_list 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/timer_list \- pending timers .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_stats.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_stats.5 index caf83856..a0bb0249 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_stats.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_timer_stats.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_timer_stats 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_timer_stats 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/timer_stats \- timer statistics .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tty.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tty.5 index e554541f..becc52f8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tty.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_tty.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_tty 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_tty 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/tty/ \- tty .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_uptime.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_uptime.5 index 7268029d..0fe81855 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_uptime.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_uptime.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_uptime 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_uptime 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/uptime \- system uptime .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_version.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_version.5 index 5a4a703c..d9230e24 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_version.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_version.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_version 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_version 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/version \- kernel version .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_vmstat.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_vmstat.5 index fe7dccdc..3b4ce6ec 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_vmstat.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_vmstat.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_vmstat 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_vmstat 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/vmstat \- virtual memory statistics .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_zoneinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_zoneinfo.5 index ad3341d9..36fe3be0 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_zoneinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/proc_zoneinfo.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later .\" -.TH proc_zoneinfo 5 2023-08-15 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH proc_zoneinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME /proc/zoneinfo \- memory zones .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/protocols.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/protocols.5 index c30d0527..39462988 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/protocols.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/protocols.5 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .\" 2002-09-22 Seth W. Klein <sk@sethwklein.net> .\" * protocol numbers are now assigned by the IANA .\" -.TH protocols 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH protocols 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME protocols \- protocols definition file .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Protocol numbers and names are specified by the IANA Each line is of the following format: .P .RS -.I protocol number aliases ... +.I protocol number aliases .\|.\|. .RE .P where the fields are delimited by spaces or tabs. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/repart.d.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/repart.d.5 index 17e247f9..ef7c0968 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/repart.d.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/repart.d.5 @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ too\&. The logic is capable of automatically tracking down the backing partition "CopyBlocks=auto" is useful for implementing "self\-replicating" systems, i\&.e\&. systems that are their own installer\&. .sp -The file specified here must have a size that is a multiple of the basic block size 512 and not be empty\&. If this option is used, the size allocation algorithm is slightly altered: the partition is created as least as big as required to fit the data in, i\&.e\&. the data size is an additional minimum size value taken into consideration for the allocation algorithm, similar to and in addition to the +The file specified here must have a size that is a multiple of the basic block size 512 and not be empty\&. If this option is used, the size allocation algorithm is slightly altered: the partition is created at least as big as required to fit the data in, i\&.e\&. the data size is an additional minimum size value taken into consideration for the allocation algorithm, similar to and in addition to the \fISizeMin=\fR value configured above\&. .sp @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Takes a file system name, such as "erofs", "squashfs" or the special value -"swap"\&. If specified and the partition is newly created it is formatted with the specified file system (or as swap device)\&. The file system UUID and label are automatically derived from the partition UUID and label\&. If this option is used, the size allocation algorithm is slightly altered: the partition is created as least as big as required for the minimal file system of the specified type (or 4KiB if the minimal size is not known)\&. +"swap"\&. If specified and the partition is newly created it is formatted with the specified file system (or as swap device)\&. The file system UUID and label are automatically derived from the partition UUID and label\&. If this option is used, the size allocation algorithm is slightly altered: the partition is created at least as big as required for the minimal file system of the specified type (or 4KiB if the minimal size is not known)\&. .sp This option has no effect if the partition already exists\&. .sp diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/repertoiremap.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/repertoiremap.5 index dd7781cb..cc6b4146 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/repertoiremap.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/repertoiremap.5 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH repertoiremap 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH repertoiremap 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME repertoiremap \- map symbolic character names to Unicode code points .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/resolv.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/resolv.conf.5 index 149f06dc..0ae83c25 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/resolv.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/resolv.conf.5 @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ .\" .\" Added ndots remark by Bernhard R. Link - debian bug #182886 .\" -.TH resolv.conf 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH resolv.conf 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .UC 4 .SH NAME resolv.conf \- resolver configuration file diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/rpc.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/rpc.5 index 15277eff..27574a3d 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/rpc.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/rpc.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" %%%LICENSE_END .\" .\" @(#)rpc.5 2.2 88/08/03 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.4 87/11/27 SMI; -.TH rpc 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH rpc 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME rpc \- RPC program number data base .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 index 249edd46..ce91b49a 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/rsyncd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsyncd.conf" "5" "20 Oct 2022" "rsyncd.conf from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsyncd.conf" "5" "6 Apr 2024" "rsyncd.conf from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ rsyncd.conf \- configuration file for rsync in daemon mode rsyncd.conf .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsyncd.conf.5. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsyncd.conf.5 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -85,25 +87,7 @@ reread the \fBrsyncd.conf\fP file. The file is re-read on each client connection .SH "GLOBAL PARAMETERS" .P The first parameters in the file (before a [module] header) are the global -parameters. Rsync also allows for the use of a "[global]" module name to -indicate the start of one or more global-parameter sections (the name must be -lower case). -.P -You may also include any module parameters in the global part of the config -file in which case the supplied value will override the default for that -parameter. -.P -You may use references to environment variables in the values of parameters. -String parameters will have %VAR% references expanded as late as possible (when -the string is first used in the program), allowing for the use of variables -that rsync sets at connection time, such as RSYNC_USER_NAME. Non-string -parameters (such as true/false settings) are expanded when read from the config -file. If a variable does not exist in the environment, or if a sequence of -characters is not a valid reference (such as an un-paired percent sign), the -raw characters are passed through unchanged. This helps with backward -compatibility and safety (e.g. expanding a non-existent %VAR% to an empty -string in a path could result in a very unsafe path). The safest way to insert -a literal % into a value is to use %%. +parameters: .P .IP "\fBmotd\ file\fP" This parameter allows you to specify a "message of the day" (MOTD) to display @@ -136,6 +120,22 @@ can also be specified via the \fB\-\-sockopts\fP command-line option. You can override the default backlog value when the daemon listens for connections. It defaults to 5. .P +You may also include any MODULE PARAMETERS in the global part of the +config file, in which case the supplied value will override the default for +that parameter. +.P +You may use references to environment variables in the values of parameters. +String parameters will have %VAR% references expanded as late as possible (when +the string is first used in the program), allowing for the use of variables +that rsync sets at connection time, such as RSYNC_USER_NAME. Non-string +parameters (such as true/false settings) are expanded when read from the config +file. If a variable does not exist in the environment, or if a sequence of +characters is not a valid reference (such as an un-paired percent sign), the +raw characters are passed through unchanged. This helps with backward +compatibility and safety (e.g. expanding a non-existent %VAR% to an empty +string in a path could result in a very unsafe path). The safest way to insert +a literal % into a value is to use %%. +.P .SH "MODULE PARAMETERS" .P After the global parameters you should define a number of modules, each module @@ -144,11 +144,17 @@ a module name in square brackets [module] followed by the parameters for that module. The module name cannot contain a slash or a closing square bracket. If the name contains whitespace, each internal sequence of whitespace will be changed into a single space, while leading or trailing whitespace will be -discarded. Also, the name cannot be "global" as that exact name indicates that -global parameters follow (see above). +discarded. +.P +There is also a special module name of "[global]" that does not define a module +but instead switches back to the global settings context where default +parameters can be specified. Because each defined module gets its full set of +parameters as a combination of the default values that are set at that position +in the config file plus its own parameter list, the use of a "[global]" section +can help to maintain shared config values for multiple modules. .P -As with GLOBAL PARAMETERS, you may use references to environment variables in -the values of parameters. See the GLOBAL PARAMETERS section for more details. +As with GLOBAL PARAMETERS, you may use references to environment variables +in the values of parameters. See that section for details. .P .IP "\fBcomment\fP" This parameter specifies a description string that is displayed next to the @@ -1021,7 +1027,7 @@ before it begins. Any output from the \fBpre-xfer\ exec\fP command on stdout \fInot\fP displayed if the script returns success. The other programs cannot send any text to the user. All output except for the \fBpre-xfer\ exec\fP stdout goes to the corresponding daemon's stdout/stderr, which is typically -discarded. See the \fB\-\-no-detatch\fP option for a way to see the daemon's +discarded. See the \fB\-\-no-detach\fP option for a way to see the daemon's output, which can assist with debugging. .IP Note that the \fBearly\ exec\fP command runs before any part of the transfer @@ -1284,19 +1290,25 @@ susan:herpass .SH "BUGS" .P Please report bugs! The rsync bug tracking system is online at -https://rsync.samba.org/. +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/ and its github -project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE +and its github +project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P .SH "THANKS" .P @@ -1310,4 +1322,5 @@ people have later contributed to it. It is currently maintained by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/scr_dump.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/scr_dump.5 index fd2e1a07..8d980479 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/scr_dump.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/scr_dump.5 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,36 +27,28 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.20 2021/12/25 21:13:38 tom Exp $ -.TH scr_dump 5 -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +.\" $Id: scr_dump.5,v 1.46 2024/03/23 20:42:29 tom Exp $ +.TH scr_dump 5 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.5" "File formats" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. .SH NAME -scr_dump \- format of curses screen-dumps. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B scr_dump +scr_dump \- +\fIcurses\fR screen dump +.\"SH SYNOPSIS .SH DESCRIPTION -.PP The curses library provides applications with the ability to write the contents of a window to an external file using \fBscr_dump\fP or \fBputwin\fP, and read it back using \fBscr_restore\fP or \fBgetwin\fP. @@ -65,10 +57,9 @@ The \fBputwin\fP and \fBgetwin\fP functions do the work; while \fBscr_dump\fP and \fBscr_restore\fP conveniently save and restore the whole screen, i.e., \fBstdscr\fP. .SS ncurses6 -.PP A longstanding implementation of screen-dump was revised with ncurses6 to remedy problems with the earlier approach: -.bP +.IP \(bu 4 A \*(``magic number\*('' is written to the beginning of the dump file, allowing applications (such as \fBfile\fP(1)) to recognize curses dump files. .IP @@ -76,25 +67,36 @@ Because ncurses6 uses a new format, that requires a new magic number was unused by other applications. This 16-bit number was unused: -.NS -0x8888 (octal \*(``\\210\\210\*('') -.NE -.IP +.RS 4 +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX +0x8888 (octal \*(``\e210\e210\*('') +.EE +.RE +.PP but to be more certain, this 32-bit number was chosen: -.NS -0x88888888 (octal \*(``\\210\\210\\210\\210\*('') -.NE -.IP +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX +0x88888888 (octal \*(``\e210\e210\e210\e210\*('') +.EE +.RE +.PP This is the pattern submitted to the maintainers of the \fBfile\fP program: -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX # # ncurses5 (and before) did not use a magic number, # making screen dumps "data". # # ncurses6 (2015) uses this format, ignoring byte-order -0 string \\210\\210\\210\\210ncurses ncurses6 screen image +0 string \e210\e210\e210\e210ncurses ncurses6 screen image # -.NE +.EE +.RE +.RE .bP The screen dumps are written in textual form, so that internal data sizes are not directly related to the dump-format, and @@ -111,171 +113,208 @@ screen-size, because the library truncates or fills the screen as necessary. .bP The ncurses6 \fBgetwin\fP reads the legacy screen dumps from ncurses5. -.SS ncurses5 (legacy) -.PP -The screen-dump feature was added to ncurses in June 1995. +.SS "ncurses5 (Legacy)" +The screen-dump feature was added to \fI\%ncurses\fP in June 1995. While there were fixes and improvements in succeeding years, the basic scheme was unchanged: .bP -The \fBWINDOW\fP structure was written in binary form. +The \fI\%WINDOW\fP structure was written in binary form. .bP -The \fBWINDOW\fP structure refers to lines of data, -which were written as an array of binary data following the \fBWINDOW\fP. +The \fI\%WINDOW\fP structure refers to lines of data, +which were written as an array of binary data following the \fI\%WINDOW\fP. .bP When \fBgetwin\fP restored the window, it would keep track of offsets into the array of line-data -and adjust the \fBWINDOW\fP structure which was read back into memory. +and adjust the \fI\%WINDOW\fP structure which was read back into memory. .PP -This is similar to Unix SystemV, +This is similar to Unix System\ V, but does not write a \*(``magic number\*('' to identify the file format. .SH PORTABILITY -.PP -There is no standard format for \fBputwin\fP. -This section gives a brief description of the existing formats. -.SS X/Open Curses -.PP -Refer to \fIX/Open Curses, Issue 7\fP (2009). -.PP -X/Open's documentation for \fIenhanced curses\fP says only: +There is no standard format for +.I curses +screen dumps. +A brief survey of the existing implementations follows. +.SS "X/Open Curses" +X/Open Curses, Issue 7 specifies little. +It says +(boldface emphasis added) .RS 3 .PP -The \fBgetwin(\ ) \fPfunction reads window-related data -stored in the file by \fIputwin(\ )\fP. -The function -then creates and initializes a new window using that data. +\*(``[t]he \fI\%getwin()\fP function reads window-related data stored in +the file by \fI\%putwin()\fP. +The function then creates and initializes a new window using that data. .PP -The \fBputwin(\ )\fP function writes all data associated -with \fIwin\fP into the \fBstdio\fP(3) stream to which \fIfilep\fP -points, using an \fBunspecified format\fP. -This information can be retrieved later using \fBgetwin(\ )\fP. +The \fI\%putwin()\fP function writes all data associated with \fIwin\fP +into the \fI\%stdio\fP stream to which \fIfilep\fP points, +using an \fBunspecified format\fP. +This information can be retrieved later using \fI\%getwin()\fP.\*('' .RE .PP In the mid-1990s when the X/Open Curses document was written, -there were still systems using older, less capable curses libraries -(aside from the BSD curses library which was not relevant to X/Open -because it did not meet the criteria for \fIbase curses\fP). -The document explained the term \*(``enhanced\*('' as follows: -.RS 3 -.bP -Shading is used to identify \fIX/Open Enhanced Curses\fP material, -relating to interfaces included to provide enhanced capabilities -for applications originally written to be compiled on systems -based on the UNIX operating system. -Therefore, the features described may not be present on systems -that conform to \fBXPG4 or to earlier XPG releases\fP. -The relevant reference pages may provide additional -or more specific portability warnings about use of the material. -.RE -.PP -In the foregoing, emphasis was added to \fBunspecified format\fP -and to \fBXPG4 or to earlier XPG releases\fP, -for clarity. -.SS Unix SystemV +there were still System\ V systems using older, +less capable +.I curses +libraries. +BSD +.I curses +was not relevant to X/Open because it did not meet the criteria +for base-level conformance; +see \fB\%ncurses\fP(3X). +.SS "System V" +System\ V +.I curses +identified the file format by writing a \*(``magic number\*('' at the +beginning of the dump. +The \fI\%WINDOW\fP data and the lines of text follow, all in binary form. .PP -Unix SystemV curses identified the file format by writing a -\*(``magic number\*('' at the beginning of the dump. -The \fBWINDOW\fP data and the lines of text follow, all in binary form. +Solaris +.I curses +has the following definitions. .PP -The Solaris curses source has these definitions: -.NS +.RS 4 +.EX /* terminfo magic number */ #define MAGNUM 0432 /* curses screen dump magic number */ #define SVR2_DUMP_MAGIC_NUMBER 0433 #define SVR3_DUMP_MAGIC_NUMBER 0434 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP That is, the feature was likely introduced in SVr2 (1984), and improved in SVr3 (1987). -The Solaris curses source has no magic number for SVr4 (1989). -Other operating systems (AIX and HPUX) use a magic number which would -correspond to this definition: -.NS +Solaris +.I curses +has no magic number for SVr4 (1989). +Other System\ V operating systems +(AIX and HP-UX) +use a magic number that would correspond to the following. +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX /* curses screen dump magic number */ #define SVR4_DUMP_MAGIC_NUMBER 0435 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP That octal number in bytes is 001, 035. -Because most Unix vendors use big-endian hardware, -the magic number is written with the high-order byte first, e.g., -.NS -\001\035 -.NE +Because most Unix vendors at the time used big-endian hardware, +the magic number is written with the high-order byte first. .PP -After the magic number, the \fBWINDOW\fP structure and line-data are -written in binary format. -While the magic number used by the Unix systems can be seen using \fBod\fP(1), -none of the Unix systems documents the format used for screen-dumps. +.RS 4 +.EX +\e001\e035 +.EE +.RE +.PP +After the magic number, +the \fI\%WINDOW\fP structure and line data are written in binary format. +While the magic number used by these systems can be observed with +\fIod\fP(1), +none of them documents the format used for screen dumps. .PP -The Unix systems do not use identical formats. -While collecting information for for this manual page, -the \fIsavescreen\fP test-program -produced dumps of different size -(all on 64-bit hardware, on 40x80 screens): +Nor do they use an identical format, +even with the System\ V family. +The +.I \%ncurses +.I \%savescreen +test program was used to collect information for this manual page. +It produced dumps of different size +(all on 64-bit hardware, +on 40x80 screens): .bP AIX (51817 bytes) .bP -HPUX (90093 bytes) +HP-UX (90093 bytes) .bP Solaris 10 (13273 bytes) .bP -ncurses5 (12888 bytes) +\fI\%ncurses\fP5 (12888 bytes) .SS Solaris -.PP -As noted above, Solaris curses has no magic number corresponding -to SVr4 curses. -This is odd since Solaris was the first operating system -to pass the SVr4 guidelines. -Solaris has two versions of curses: +As noted above, +Solaris +.I curses +has no magic number corresponding to SVr4 +.IR curses . +This is odd, +since Solaris was the first operating system to meet the SVr4 +guidelines. +Solaris furthermore supplies two versions of +.IR curses . .bP -The default curses library uses the SVr3 magic number. +The default +.I curses +library uses the SVr3 magic number. .bP -There is an alternate curses library in \fB/usr/xpg4\fP. -This uses a textual format with no magic number. +An alternate +.I curses +library +(which we term +.I \%xcurses), +available in +.IR /usr/xpg4 , +uses a textual format with no magic number. .IP -According to the copyright notice, the \fIxpg4\fP Solaris curses library was -developed by MKS (Mortice Kern Systems) from 1990 to 1995. +According to its copyright notice, +this +.I \%xcurses +library was developed by MKS +(Mortice Kern Systems) from 1990 to 1995. .IP -Like ncurses6, there is a file-header with parameters. -Unlike ncurses6, the contents of the window are written piecemeal, -with coordinates and attributes for each chunk of text rather -than writing the whole window from top to bottom. +Like ncurses6, +it includes a header with parameters. +Unlike ncurses6, +the contents of the window are written piecemeal, +with coordinates and attributes for each chunk of text rather than +writing the whole window from top to bottom. .SS PDCurses -.PP -PDCurses added support for screen dumps in version 2.7 (2005). -Like Unix SystemV and ncurses5, -it writes the \fBWINDOW\fP structure in binary, +.I \%PDCurses +added support for screen dumps in version 2.7 (2005). +Like System\ V and ncurses5, +it writes the \fI\%WINDOW\fP structure in binary, but begins the file with its three-byte identifier \*(``PDC\*('', -followed by a one-byte version, -e.g., -.NS - \*(``PDC\\001\*('' -.NE -.SS NetBSD +followed by a single-byte version number. .PP -As of April 2017, NetBSD curses does -not support \fBscr_dump\fP and \fBscr_restore\fP -(or \fBscr_init\fP, \fBscr_set\fP), -although it has \fBputwin\fP and \fBgetwin\fP. +.RS 4 +.EX + \*(``PDC\e001\*('' +.EE +.RE +.SS NetBSD +As of April 2017, +NetBSD +.I curses +does not support \fB\%scr_dump\fP and \fB\%scr_restore\fP +(or \fB\%scr_init\fP, +\fB\%scr_set\fP), +although it has \fB\%putwin\fP and \fB\%getwin\fP. .PP -Like ncurses5, NetBSD \fBputwin\fP does not identify its dumps with a -useful magic number. +Like ncurses5, +NetBSD \fB\%putwin\fP does not identify its dumps with a useful magic +number. It writes .bP -the curses shared library major and minor versions -as the first two bytes (e.g., 7 and 1), +the +.I curses +shared library major and minor versions as the first two bytes +(for example, +7 and 1), .bP -followed by a binary dump of the \fBWINDOW\fP, +followed by a binary dump of the \fI\%WINDOW\fP, .bP -some data for wide-characters referenced by the \fBWINDOW\fP structure, and +some data for wide characters referenced by the \fI\%WINDOW\fP +structure, +and .bP -finally, lines as done by other implementations. -.SH EXAMPLE -.PP +finally, +lines as done by other implementations. +.SH EXAMPLES Given a simple program which writes text to the screen (and for the sake of example, limiting the screen-size to 10x20): -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX #include <curses.h> int @@ -300,33 +339,37 @@ main(void) endwin(); return 0; } -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP When run using ncurses6, the output looks like this: -.NS -\\210\\210\\210\\210ncurses 6.0.20170415 +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX +\e210\e210\e210\e210ncurses 6.0.20170415 _cury=5 _curx=11 _maxy=9 _maxx=19 _flags=14 -_attrs=\\{REVERSE|C2} +_attrs=\e{REVERSE|C2} flag=_idcok _delay=-1 _regbottom=9 -_bkgrnd=\\{NORMAL|C1}\\s +_bkgrnd=\e{NORMAL|C1}\es rows: -1:\\{NORMAL|C1}\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -2:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -3:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -4:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -5:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\{BOLD}Hello\\{NORMAL}\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -6:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\{REVERSE|C2}World!\\{NORMAL|C1}\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -7:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -8:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -9:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -10:\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s\\s -.NE +1:\e{NORMAL|C1}\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +2:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +3:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +4:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +5:\es\es\es\es\es\e{BOLD}Hello\e{NORMAL}\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +6:\es\es\es\es\es\e{REVERSE|C2}World!\e{NORMAL|C1}\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +7:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +8:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +9:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +10:\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es\es +.EE +.RE .PP The first four octal escapes are actually nonprinting characters, while the remainder of the file is printable text. @@ -334,18 +377,20 @@ You may notice: .bP The actual color pair values are not written to the file. .bP -All characters are shown in printable form; spaces are \*(``\\s\*('' to +All characters are shown in printable form; spaces are \*(``\es\*('' to ensure they are not overlooked. .bP -Attributes are written in escaped curly braces, e.g., \*(``\\{BOLD}\*('', -and may include a color-pair (C1 or C2 in this example). +Attributes are written in escaped curly braces, e.g., \*(``\e{BOLD}\*('', +and may include a color pair (C1 or C2 in this example). .bP The parameters in the header are written out only if they are nonzero. When reading back, order does not matter. .ne 10 .PP Running the same program with Solaris \fIxpg4\fP curses gives this dump: -.NS +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX MAX=10,20 BEG=0,0 SCROLL=0,10 @@ -379,7 +424,8 @@ BG=0,0, 9,0,0,1, 9,19,0,0, CUR=11,5 -.NE +.EE +.RE .PP Solaris \fBgetwin\fP requires that all parameters are present, and in the same order. @@ -389,8 +435,10 @@ The \fIxpg4\fP curses library does not know about the \fBbce\fP .PP On the other hand, the SVr4 curses library does know about the background color. However, its screen dumps are in binary. -Here is the corresponding dump (using \*(``od -t x1\*(''): -.NS +Here is the corresponding dump (using \*(``od \-t x1\*(''): +.PP +.RS 4 +.EX 0000000 1c 01 c3 d6 f3 58 05 00 0b 00 0a 00 14 00 00 00 0000020 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000040 00 00 b8 1a 06 08 cc 1a 06 08 00 00 09 00 10 00 @@ -413,17 +461,16 @@ Here is the corresponding dump (using \*(``od -t x1\*(''): 0001620 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 * 0002371 -.NE -.SH SEE ALSO -.PP -\fBcurs_scr_dump\fP(3X), -\fBcurs_util\fP(3X). +.EE +.RE .SH AUTHORS -.PP Thomas E. Dickey .br -extended screen-dump format for ncurses 6.0 (2015) +extended screen-dump format for \fI\%ncurses\fP 6.0 (2015) .sp Eric S. Raymond .br -screen dump feature in ncurses 1.9.2d (1995) +screen dump feature in \fI\%ncurses\fP 1.9.2d (1995) +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%curs_scr_dump\fP(3X), +\fB\%curs_util\fP(3X) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/securetty.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/securetty.5 index 279a81d6..e81a54d2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/securetty.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/securetty.5 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" .\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:06:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) -.TH securetty 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH securetty 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME securetty \- list of terminals on which root is allowed to login .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/services.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/services.5 index 2442c6dc..b1dd52ce 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/services.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/services.5 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ .\" Thu Jan 11 12:14:41 1996 Austin Donnelly <and1000@cam.ac.uk> .\" * Merged two services(5) manpages .\" -.TH services 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH services 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME services \- Internet network services list .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/shells.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/shells.5 index 7a6c6297..7518b534 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/shells.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/shells.5 @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ .\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:11:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) .\" Modified Sun Nov 21 10:49:38 1993 by Michael Haardt .\" Modified Sun Feb 26 15:09:15 1995 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) -.TH shells 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH shells 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME shells \- pathnames of valid login shells .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/slabinfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/slabinfo.5 index 51e02a48..1055dc08 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/slabinfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/slabinfo.5 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH slabinfo 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH slabinfo 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME slabinfo \- kernel slab allocator statistics .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smb.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smb.conf.5 index 2e472bab..86918c01 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smb.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smb.conf.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: smb.conf .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: File Formats and Conventions -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions" +.TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "File Formats and Conventions" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ The options are: .PP case sensitive = yes/no/auto .RS 4 -controls whether filenames are case sensitive\&. If they aren\*(Aqt, Samba must do a filename search and match on passed names\&. The default setting of auto allows clients that support case sensitive filenames (Linux CIFSVFS and smbclient 3\&.0\&.5 and above currently) to tell the Samba server on a per\-packet basis that they wish to access the file system in a case\-sensitive manner (to support UNIX case sensitive semantics)\&. No Windows or DOS system supports case\-sensitive filename so setting this option to auto is that same as setting it to no for them\&. Default +controls whether filenames are case sensitive\&. If they aren\*(Aqt, Samba must do a filename search and match on passed names\&. The default setting of auto allows clients that support case sensitive filenames (Linux CIFSVFS and smbclient 3\&.0\&.5 and above currently) to tell the Samba server on a per\-packet basis that they wish to access the file system in a case\-sensitive manner (to support UNIX case sensitive semantics)\&. No Windows or DOS system supports case\-sensitive filename so setting this option to auto is the same as setting it to no for them\&. Default \fIauto\fR\&. .RE .PP @@ -813,6 +813,46 @@ Default: \fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR .RE +acl claims evaluation (G) +.PP +.RS 4 +This option controls the way Samba handles evaluation of security descriptors in Samba, with regards to Active Directory Claims\&. AD Claims, introduced with Windows 2012, are essentially administrator\-defined key\-value pairs that can be set both in Active Directory (communicated via the Kerberos PAC) and in the security descriptor themselves\&. +.sp +Active Directory claims are new with Samba 4\&.20\&. Because the claims are evaluated against a very flexible expression language within the security descriptor, this option provides a mechanism to disable this logic if required by the administrator\&. +.sp +This default behaviour is that claims evaluation is enabled in the AD DC only\&. Additionally, claims evaluation on the AD DC is only enabled if the DC functional level is 2012 or later\&. See +\m[blue]\fBad dc functional level\fR\m[]\&. +.sp +Possible values are : +.RS +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fBAD DC only\fR: Enabled for the Samba AD DC (for DC functional level 2012 or higher)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fBnever\fR: Disabled in all cases\&. This option disables some but not all of the Authentication Policies and Authentication Policy Silos features of the Windows 2012R2 functional level in the AD DC\&. +.RE +.sp +.RE +Default: +\fI\fIacl claims evaluation\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAD DC only\fR\fI \fR +.RE + acl flag inherited canonicalization (S) .PP .RS 4 @@ -821,7 +861,7 @@ This option controls the way Samba handles client requests setting the Security On the other hand when a Security Descriptor is explicitly set on a file, the DI flag is cleared, unless the flag "DACL Inheritance Required" (DR) is also set in the new Security Descriptor (fwiw, DR is never stored on disk)\&. .sp This is the default behaviour when this option is enabled (the default)\&. When setting this option to -no, the resulting value of the DI flag on\-disk is directly taken from the DI value of the to\-be\-set Security Descriptor\&. This can be used so dump tools like rsync that copy data blobs from xattrs that represent ACLs created by the acl_xattr VFS module will result in copies of the ACL that are identical to the source\&. Without this option, the copied ACLs would all loose the DI flag if set on the source\&. +no, the resulting value of the DI flag on\-disk is directly taken from the DI value of the to\-be\-set Security Descriptor\&. This can be used so dump tools like rsync that copy data blobs from xattrs that represent ACLs created by the acl_xattr VFS module will result in copies of the ACL that are identical to the source\&. Without this option, the copied ACLs would all lose the DI flag if set on the source\&. .sp Default: \fI\fIacl flag inherited canonicalization\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR @@ -2810,7 +2850,7 @@ Possible option settings are: .IP \(bu 2.3 .\} \fIrequired\fR -\- Kerberos authentication will be required\&. There will be no falllback to NTLM or a different alternative\&. +\- Kerberos authentication will be required\&. There will be no fallback to NTLM or a different alternative\&. .RE .sp .RS 4 @@ -3820,7 +3860,7 @@ dns update command (G) This option sets the command that is called when there are DNS updates\&. It should update the local machines DNS names using TSIG\-GSS\&. .sp Default: -\fI\fIdns update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.19\&.5/source4/scripting/bin/samba_dnsupdate\fR\fI \fR +\fI\fIdns update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.20\&.1/source4/scripting/bin/samba_dnsupdate\fR\fI \fR .sp Example: \fI\fIdns update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/dnsupdate\fR\fI \fR @@ -4846,7 +4886,7 @@ gpo update command (G) This option sets the command that is called to apply GPO policies\&. The samba\-gpupdate script applies System Access and Kerberos Policies to the KDC\&. System Access policies set minPwdAge, maxPwdAge, minPwdLength, and pwdProperties in the samdb\&. Kerberos Policies set kdc:service ticket lifetime, kdc:user ticket lifetime, and kdc:renewal lifetime in smb\&.conf\&. .sp Default: -\fI\fIgpo update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.19\&.5/source4/scripting/bin/samba\-gpupdate\fR\fI \fR +\fI\fIgpo update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.20\&.1/source4/scripting/bin/samba\-gpupdate\fR\fI \fR .sp Example: \fI\fIgpo update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/gpoupdate\fR\fI \fR @@ -9190,7 +9230,7 @@ will attempt to authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response fo .sp If disabled, both NTLM and LanMan authentication against the local passdb is disabled\&. .sp -Note that these settings apply only to local users, authentication will still be forwarded to and NTLM authentication accepted against any domain we are joined to, and any trusted domain, even if disabled or if NTLMv2\-only is enforced here\&. To control NTLM authentiation for domain users, this must option must be configured on each DC\&. +Note that these settings apply only to local users, authentication will still be forwarded to and NTLM authentication accepted against any domain we are joined to, and any trusted domain, even if disabled or if NTLMv2\-only is enforced here\&. To control NTLM authentication for domain users, this option must be configured on each DC\&. .sp By default with ntlm auth @@ -9215,7 +9255,7 @@ The available settings are: (alias \fByes\fR) \- Allow NTLMv1 and above for all clients\&. .sp -This is the required setting for to enable the +This is the required setting to enable the \fIlanman auth\fR parameter\&. .RE @@ -10977,7 +11017,7 @@ samba_kcc was installed in a non\-default location\&. .sp Default: -\fI\fIsamba kcc command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.19\&.5/source4/scripting/bin/samba_kcc\fR\fI \fR +\fI\fIsamba kcc command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.20\&.1/source4/scripting/bin/samba_kcc\fR\fI \fR .sp Example: \fI\fIsamba kcc command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/kcc\fR\fI \fR @@ -12349,10 +12389,204 @@ Default: \fI\fIsmb2 max write\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI8388608\fR\fI \fR .RE -smb3 unix extensions (G) +smb3 share cap:CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY (S) +.PP +.RS 4 +The SMB3 protocol introduced the SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CONTINUOUS_AVAILABILITY flag\&. It means clients can have different expectations from the server (or cluster of servers)\&. +.sp +Note: this option only applies to disk shares\&. +.sp +In a ctdb cluster shares are continuously available, but windows clients mix this with the global persistent handles support\&. +.sp +Persistent handles are requested if SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CONTINUOUS_AVAILABILITY is present even without SMB2_CAP_PERSISTENT_HANDLES\&. +.sp +And SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CONTINUOUS_AVAILABILITY is required for SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER to have an effect\&. +.sp +So we better don\*(Aqt announce this by default until we support persistent handles\&. +.sp +The +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY\fR\m[] +option can be used to force the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CONTINUOUS_AVAILABILITY\&. +.sp +Warning: only use this if you know what you are doing! +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + smb3 share cap:CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY = yes + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +\fINo default\fR +.RE + +smb3 share cap:SCALE OUT (S) +.PP +.RS 4 +The SMB3 protocol introduced the SMB2_SHARE_CAP_SCALEOUT flag\&. It means clients can have different expectations from cluster of multiple servers and alters the retry/reconnect behavior\&. +.sp +Note: this option only applies to disk shares\&. +.sp +In a ctdb cluster we have multiple active nodes, so we announce SMB2_SHARE_CAP_SCALEOUT in a cluster\&. +.sp +The +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:SCALE OUT\fR\m[] +option can be used to disable the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_SCALEOUT, even if +\m[blue]\fBclustering\fR\m[] +is yes\&. +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + clustering = yes + smb3 share cap: SCALE OUT = no + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +\fINo default\fR +.RE + +smb3 share cap:CLUSTER (S) +.PP +.RS 4 +The SMB3 protocol introduced the SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER flag\&. It means clients can expect that all cluster nodes provide a witness service in order to use the [MS\-SWN] protocol to monitor the server cluster\&. +.sp +Note: this option only applies to disk shares\&. +.sp +rpcd_witness is only active if +\fBsamba-dcerpcd\fR(8) +is not started as on demand helper and only in a ctdb cluster\&. +.sp +So we announce SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER only if +\m[blue]\fBclustering\fR\m[] +is yes and +\m[blue]\fBrpc start on demand helpers\fR\m[] +is no\&. +.sp +The +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:SCALE OUT\fR\m[] +option can be used to control the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER independent of +\m[blue]\fBclustering\fR\m[] +and +\m[blue]\fBrpc start on demand helpers\fR\m[]\&. +.sp +Example to disable the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + clustering = yes + rpc start on demand helpers = no + smb3 share cap: CLUSTER = no + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +Example to force the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_CLUSTER: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + smb3 share cap: CLUSTER = yes + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +Example to let Windows clients use the witness service, see +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY\fR\m[] +option and USE AT YOUR OWN RISK!: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + clustering = yes + rpc start on demand helpers = no + # This is the default with the above: + # smb3 share cap: CLUSTER = yes + # + # Use at you own risk! + smb3 share cap: CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY = yes + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +\fINo default\fR +.RE + +smb3 share cap:ASYMMETRIC (S) .PP .RS 4 -Incomplete SMB 3\&.11 Unix Extensions\&. This is only available if Samba is compiled in DEVELOPER mode\&. +The SMB3_02 protocol introduced the SMB2_SHARE_CAP_ASYMMETRIC flag\&. It means clients alters its behavior and uses isolated transport connections and witness registrations for the share\&. It means a client may connect to different cluster nodes for individual shares and +net witness share\-move +can be used to control the node usage\&. +.sp +Note: this option only applies to disk shares\&. +.sp +Shares in a ctdb cluster are symmetric by design, so we don\*(Aqt announce SMB2_SHARE_CAP_ASYMMETRIC by default\&. +.sp +The +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:ASYMMETRIC\fR\m[] +option can be used to force the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_ASYMMETRIC\&. +.sp +Example to force the announcement of SMB2_SHARE_CAP_ASYMMETRIC: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + smb3 share cap: ASYMMETRIC = yes + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +Example to let Windows clients use the witness service, see +\m[blue]\fBsmb3 share cap:CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY\fR\m[] +option and USE AT YOUR OWN RISK!: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf + clustering = yes + rpc start on demand helpers = no + # This is the default with the above: + # smb3 share cap: CLUSTER = yes + # + # Use at you own risk! + smb3 share cap: CONTINUOUS AVAILABILITY = yes + smb3 share cap: ASYMMETRIC = yes + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +\fINo default\fR +.RE + +smb3 unix extensions (S) +.PP +.RS 4 +Experimental SMB 3\&.1\&.1 Unix Extensions\&. .sp Default: \fI\fIsmb3 unix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR @@ -12787,7 +13021,7 @@ This option sets the command that for updating servicePrincipalName names from spn_update_list\&. .sp Default: -\fI\fIspn update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.19\&.5/source4/scripting/bin/samba_spnupdate\fR\fI \fR +\fI\fIspn update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/build/samba/src/samba\-4\&.20\&.1/source4/scripting/bin/samba_spnupdate\fR\fI \fR .sp Example: \fI\fIspn update command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/spnupdate\fR\fI \fR @@ -14061,7 +14295,7 @@ winbind max domain connections (G) .RS 4 This parameter specifies the maximum number of simultaneous connections that the \fBwinbindd\fR(8) -daemon should open to the domain controller of one domain\&. Setting this parameter to a value greater than 1 can improve scalability with many simultaneous winbind requests, some of which might be slow\&. +daemon should open to the domain controller of one domain\&. Setting this parameter to a value greater than 1 can improve scalability with many simultaneous winbind requests, some of which might be slow\&. Changing this value requires a restart of winbindd\&. .sp Note that if \m[blue]\fBwinbind offline logon\fR\m[] @@ -14591,6 +14825,62 @@ Default: \fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR .RE +wsp property file (G) +.PP +.RS 4 +\m[blue]\fBwsp property file\fR\m[] +parameter\&. This parameter specifies the file where additional WSP Windows Search Protocol properties are stored\&. The format of the file is a csv consisting of 10 comma separated columns\&. The first 3 columns are required, the other columns are desirable but not necessary\&. +.PP +Property Name +.RS 4 +A property name e\&.g\&. System\&.ItemUrl\&. +.RE +.PP +GUID +.RS 4 +A guid that identifies the propertyset the property belongs to\&. +.RE +.PP +prop ID +.RS 4 +A number that together with the GUID uniquely identifies the property\&. +.RE +.PP +inInverted Index +.RS 4 +Set to TRUE is the property is indexed\&. +.RE +.PP +isColumn +.RS 4 +Set to TRUE if the property is one that can be returned in rows returned from WSP query\&. +.RE +.PP +type +.RS 4 +One of +\fIBoolean\fR,\fIBuffer\fR,\fIByte\fR,\fIDateTime\fR,\fIDouble\fR,\fIInt32\fR,\fIString\fR,\fIUInt16\fR,\fIUInt32\fR,\fIUInt64\fR +.RE +.PP +MaxSize +.RS 4 +maximum size when stored\&. +.RE +.PP +Vector Property +.RS 4 +TRUE if this is a multivalue property\&. +.RE +.PP +Description +.RS 4 +Description of what the property is used for\&. +.RE +.sp +Default: +\fI\fIwsp property file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR +.RE + wtmp directory (G) .PP .RS 4 @@ -14622,7 +14912,7 @@ and special sections make life for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default attributes can be tricky\&. Take extreme care when designing these sections\&. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsamba\fR(7), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smbpasswd.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smbpasswd.5 index c54036cf..3d243e69 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smbpasswd.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smbpasswd.5 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: smbpasswd .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/09/2024 .\" Manual: File Formats and Conventions -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5 +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5" "File Formats and Conventions" +.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "05/09/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1" "File Formats and Conventions" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ This field consists of the time the account was last modified\&. It consists of All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5 of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1 of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmbpasswd\fR(8), diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smtpd.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smtpd.conf.5 index c8322764..d2cdd247 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/smtpd.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/smtpd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd.conf.5,v 1.265 2023/05/19 15:18:06 op Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: smtpd.conf.5,v 1.268 2024/02/03 20:46:57 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Janne Johansson <jj@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2009 Jacek Masiulaniec <jacekm@dobremiasto.net> @@ -193,6 +193,10 @@ is in charge of handling delivery for all virtual users. This option is not usable with the .Cm mbox delivery method. +.Pp +Only the delivery user's +.Pa .forward +file will be processed. .It Cm userbase Pf < Ar table Ns > Use the mapping .Ar table @@ -565,6 +569,8 @@ Omit the part when prepending .Dq Received headers. +.It Cm no-dsn +Disable the DSN (Delivery Status Notification) extension. .It Cm tag Ar tag Clients connecting to the listener are tagged with the given .Ar tag . diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ssh_config.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ssh_config.5 index 517cee2f..72965d37 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ssh_config.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ssh_config.5 @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh_config.5,v 1.391 2023/10/12 02:18:18 djm Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: October 12 2023 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh_config.5,v 1.394 2024/02/21 06:01:13 djm Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: February 21 2024 $ .Dt SSH_CONFIG 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ The available criteria keywords are: .Cm localnetwork , .Cm host , .Cm originalhost , -.Cm Tag , +.Cm tagged , .Cm user , and .Cm localuser . @@ -463,8 +463,10 @@ Timeouts are specified as one or more .Dq type=interval pairs separated by whitespace, where the .Dq type -must be a channel type name (as described in the table below), optionally -containing wildcard characters. +must be the special keyword +.Dq global +or a channel type name from the list below, optionally containing +wildcard characters. .Pp The timeout value .Dq interval @@ -473,11 +475,19 @@ is specified in seconds or may use any of the units documented in the section. For example, .Dq session=5m -would cause the interactive session to terminate after five minutes of +would cause interactive sessions to terminate after five minutes of inactivity. Specifying a zero value disables the inactivity timeout. .Pp -The available channel types include: +The special timeout +.Dq global +applies to all active channels, taken together. +Traffic on any active channel will reset the timeout, but when the timeout +expires then all open channels will be closed. +Note that this global timeout is not matched by wildcards and must be +specified explicitly. +.Pp +The available channel type names include: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Cm agent-connection Open connections to diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/sshd_config.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/sshd_config.5 index 77b8fe3a..1d8c1ab1 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/sshd_config.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/sshd_config.5 @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $OpenBSD: sshd_config.5,v 1.350 2023/07/28 05:42:36 jmc Exp $ -.Dd $Mdocdate: July 28 2023 $ +.\" $OpenBSD: sshd_config.5,v 1.355 2024/02/21 06:17:29 djm Exp $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: February 21 2024 $ .Dt SSHD_CONFIG 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -409,8 +409,10 @@ Timeouts are specified as one or more .Dq type=interval pairs separated by whitespace, where the .Dq type -must be a channel type name (as described in the table below), optionally -containing wildcard characters. +must be the special keyword +.Dq global +or a channel type name from the list below, optionally containing +wildcard characters. .Pp The timeout value .Dq interval @@ -418,11 +420,20 @@ is specified in seconds or may use any of the units documented in the .Sx TIME FORMATS section. For example, -.Dq session:*=5m -would cause all sessions to terminate after five minutes of inactivity. +.Dq session=5m +would cause interactive sessions to terminate after five minutes of +inactivity. Specifying a zero value disables the inactivity timeout. .Pp -The available channel types include: +The special timeout +.Dq global +applies to all active channels, taken together. +Traffic on any active channel will reset the timeout, but when the timeout +expires then all open channels will be closed. +Note that this global timeout is not matched by wildcards and must be +specified explicitly. +.Pp +The available channel type names include: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Cm agent-connection Open connections to @@ -443,15 +454,15 @@ listening on behalf of a .Xr ssh 1 remote forwarding, i.e.\& .Cm RemoteForward . -.It Cm session:command -Command execution sessions. -.It Cm session:shell -Interactive shell sessions. -.It Cm session:subsystem:... -Subsystem sessions, e.g. for +.It Cm session +The interactive main session, including shell session, command execution, +.Xr scp 1 , .Xr sftp 1 , -which could be identified as -.Cm session:subsystem:sftp . +etc. +.It Cm tun-connection +Open +.Cm TunnelForward +connections. .It Cm x11-connection Open X11 forwarding sessions. .El @@ -465,9 +476,6 @@ close the SSH connection, nor does it prevent a client from requesting another channel of the same type. In particular, expiring an inactive forwarding session does not prevent another identical forwarding from being subsequently created. -See also -.Cm UnusedConnectionTimeout , -which may be used in conjunction with this option. .Pp The default is not to expire channels of any type for inactivity. .It Cm ChrootDirectory @@ -477,7 +485,7 @@ to after authentication. At session startup .Xr sshd 8 checks that all components of the pathname are root-owned directories -which are not writable by any other user or group. +which are not writable by group or others. After the chroot, .Xr sshd 8 changes the working directory to the user's home directory. @@ -1118,7 +1126,8 @@ DEBUG and DEBUG1 are equivalent. DEBUG2 and DEBUG3 each specify higher levels of debugging output. Logging with a DEBUG level violates the privacy of users and is not recommended. .It Cm LogVerbose -Specify one or more overrides to LogLevel. +Specify one or more overrides to +.Cm LogLevel . An override consists of a pattern lists that matches the source file, function and line number to force detailed logging for. For example, an override pattern of: @@ -1783,6 +1792,14 @@ implements an in-process SFTP server. This may simplify configurations using .Cm ChrootDirectory to force a different filesystem root on clients. +It accepts the same command line arguments as +.Cm sftp-server +and even though it is in-process, settings such as +.Cm LogLevel +or +.Cm SyslogFacility +do not apply to it and must be set explicitly via +command line arguments. .Pp By default no subsystems are defined. .It Cm SyslogFacility diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/subscriptions.conf.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/subscriptions.conf.5 index be2411dd..0ef9ee1e 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/subscriptions.conf.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/subscriptions.conf.5 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" .\" subscriptions.conf man page for CUPS. .\" -.\" Copyright © 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +.\" Copyright © 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. .\" Copyright © 2007-2019 by Apple Inc. .\" Copyright © 1997-2006 by Easy Software Products. .\" @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ The name, location, and format of this file are an implementation detail that wi .BR printers.conf (5), CUPS Online Help (http://localhost:631/help) .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \[co] 2021-2023 by OpenPrinting. +Copyright \[co] 2020-2024 by OpenPrinting. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/sysfs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/sysfs.5 index 7c18e4be..a45e1568 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/sysfs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/sysfs.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH sysfs 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH sysfs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME sysfs \- a filesystem for exporting kernel objects .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.exec.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.exec.5 index 32439ce0..469948df 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.exec.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.exec.5 @@ -1532,6 +1532,12 @@ Also note that some sandboxing functionality is generally not available in user \fIProtectSystem=\fR) are not available, as the underlying kernel functionality is only accessible to privileged processes\&. However, most namespacing settings, that will not work on their own in user services, will work when used in conjunction with \fIPrivateUsers=\fR\fBtrue\fR\&. .PP +Note that the various options that turn directories read\-only (such as +\fIProtectSystem=\fR, +\fIReadOnlyPaths=\fR, \&...) do not affect the ability for programs to connect to and communicate with +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +sockets in these directores\&. These options cannot be used to lock down access to IPC services hence\&. +.PP \fIProtectSystem=\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument or the special values @@ -1556,7 +1562,10 @@ and \fIProtectKernelTunables=\fR, \fIProtectControlGroups=\fR)\&. This setting ensures that any modification of the vendor\-supplied operating system (and optionally its configuration, and local mounts) is prohibited for the service\&. It is recommended to enable this setting for all long\-running services, unless they are involved with system updates or need to modify the operating system in other ways\&. If this option is used, \fIReadWritePaths=\fR -may be used to exclude specific directories from being made read\-only\&. This setting is implied if +may be used to exclude specific directories from being made read\-only\&. Similar, +\fIStateDirectory=\fR, +\fILogsDirectory=\fR, \&... and related directory settings (see below) also exclude the specific directories from the effect of +\fIProtectSystem=\fR\&. This setting is implied if \fIDynamicUser=\fR is set\&. This setting cannot ensure protection in all cases\&. In general it has the same limitations as \fIReadOnlyPaths=\fR, see below\&. Defaults to off\&. @@ -3678,6 +3687,8 @@ separated by whitespace\&. See for details on the journal field concept\&. Even though the underlying journal implementation permits binary field values, this setting accepts only valid UTF\-8 values\&. To include space characters in a journal field value, enclose the assignment in double quotes (")\&. The usual specifiers are expanded in all assignments (see below)\&. Note that this setting is not only useful for attaching additional metadata to log records of a unit, but given that all fields and values are indexed may also be used to implement cross\-unit log record matching\&. Assign an empty string to reset the list\&. .sp +Note that this functionality is currently only available in system services, not in per\-user services\&. +.sp Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP @@ -3735,6 +3746,8 @@ is defined, meaning log messages coming from \fBsystemd\fR(1) about the unit are not taken into account\&. Filtered log messages won\*(Aqt be forwarded to traditional syslog daemons, the kernel log buffer (kmsg), the systemd console, or sent as wall messages to all logged\-in users\&. .sp +Note that this functionality is currently only available in system services, not in per\-user services\&. +.sp Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.network.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.network.5 index 934e7503..3a1b53f8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.network.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.network.5 @@ -688,9 +688,7 @@ Added in version 215\&. .PP \fILinkLocalAddressing=\fR .RS 4 -Enables link\-local address autoconfiguration\&. Accepts -\fByes\fR, -\fBno\fR, +Enables link\-local address autoconfiguration\&. Accepts a boolean, \fBipv4\fR, and \fBipv6\fR\&. An IPv6 link\-local address is configured when \fByes\fR @@ -1067,7 +1065,7 @@ Note\&. Any positive boolean values such as "yes" or "true" -are now deprecated\&. Please use one of the values in the above\&. +are now deprecated\&. Please use one of the values above\&. .sp Added in version 219\&. .RE @@ -3415,7 +3413,7 @@ ServerAddress=192\&.168\&.0\&.1/24 .RE .\} .sp -are equivalent to the following\&. +are equivalent to the following: .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 @@ -3718,7 +3716,7 @@ Added in version 235\&. .PP \fIRetransmitSec=\fR .RS 4 -Takes a timespan\&. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm\&. An integer the default unit of seconds, in the range 0\&...4294967295 msec\&. Defaults to 0\&. +Takes a timespan\&. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm\&. An integer, the default unit is seconds, in the range 0\&...4294967295 msec\&. Defaults to 0\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE @@ -3818,7 +3816,7 @@ Added in version 235\&. .PP \fIHomeAgent=\fR .RS 4 -Takes a boolean\&. Specifies that IPv6 router advertisements which indicates to hosts that the router acts as a Home Agent and includes a Home Agent Option\&. Defaults to false\&. See +Takes a boolean\&. Specifies that IPv6 router advertisements which indicate to hosts that the router acts as a Home Agent and includes a Home Agent option\&. Defaults to false\&. See \m[blue]\fBRFC 6275\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[10]\d\s+2 for further details\&. .sp @@ -3827,7 +3825,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. .PP \fIHomeAgentLifetimeSec=\fR .RS 4 -Takes a timespan\&. Specifies the lifetime of the Home Agent\&. An integer the default unit of seconds, in the range 1\&...65535\&. Defaults to the value set to +Takes a timespan\&. Specifies the lifetime of the Home Agent\&. An integer, the default unit is seconds, in the range 1\&...65535\&. Defaults to the value set to \fIRouterLifetimeSec=\fR\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.pcrlock.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.pcrlock.5 index cadc0742..655b24f2 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.pcrlock.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.pcrlock.5 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ systemd.pcrlock, systemd.pcrlock.d \- PCR measurement prediction files files define expected TPM2 PCR measurements of components involved in the boot process\&. \fBsystemd-pcrlock\fR(1) uses such pcrlock files to analyze and predict TPM2 PCR measurements\&. The pcrlock files are JSON arrays that follow a subset of the -\m[blue]\fBTCG Common Event Log Format (CEL\-JSON)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBTCG Canonical Event Log Format (CEL\-JSON)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 specification\&. Specifically the "recnum", "content", and @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. 250\-firmware\-code\-early\&.pcrlock .RS 4 Firmware code measurements, as recorded to PCR 0 and 2, up to the separator measurement (see -400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock\&. +400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock below)\&. May be generated via \fBsystemd\-pcrlock lock\-firmware\-code\fR\&. .sp @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. 250\-firmware\-config\-early\&.pcrlock .RS 4 Firmware configuration measurements, as recorded to PCR 1 and 3, up to the separator measurement (see -400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock\&. +400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock below)\&. May be generated via \fBsystemd\-pcrlock lock\-firmware\-config\fR\&. .sp @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. 550\-firmware\-code\-late\&.pcrlock .RS 4 Firmware code measurements, as recorded to PCR 0 and 2, after the separator measurement (see -400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock\&. +400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock above)\&. May be generated via \fBsystemd\-pcrlock lock\-firmware\-code\fR\&. .sp @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. 550\-firmware\-config\-late\&.pcrlock .RS 4 Firmware configuration measurements, as recorded to PCR 1 and 3, after the separator measurement (see -400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock\&. +400\-secureboot\-separator\&.pcrlock above)\&. May be generated via \fBsystemd\-pcrlock lock\-firmware\-config\fR\&. .sp @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. .RS 4 The EFI action generated when \fBExitBootServices()\fR -is generated, i\&.e\&. the UEFI environment is left and the OS takes over\&. Covers the PCR 5 measurement\&. Statically defined\&. +is generated, i\&.e\&. when the UEFI environment is left and the OS takes over\&. Covers the PCR 5 measurement\&. Statically defined\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Added in version 255\&. \fBsystemd-pcrlock\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 -TCG Common Event Log Format (CEL-JSON) +TCG Canonical Event Log Format (CEL-JSON) .RS 4 \%https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/resource/canonical-event-log-format/ .RE diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.resource-control.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.resource-control.5 index 3e1a9ae0..19e7171b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.resource-control.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.resource-control.5 @@ -702,6 +702,8 @@ The system default for this setting may be controlled with in \fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5)\&. .sp +Note that this functionality is currently only available for system services, not for per\-user services\&. +.sp Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP @@ -833,9 +835,9 @@ Added in version 235\&. .PP \fISocketBindAllow=\fR\fI\fIbind\-rule\fR\fR, \fISocketBindDeny=\fR\fI\fIbind\-rule\fR\fR .RS 4 -Allow or deny binding a socket address to a socket by matching it with the -\fIbind\-rule\fR -and applying a corresponding action if there is a match\&. +Configures restrictions on the ability of unit processes to invoke +\fBbind\fR(2) +on a socket\&. Both allow and deny rules may defined that restrict which addresses a socket may be bound to\&. .sp \fIbind\-rule\fR describes socket properties such as @@ -964,6 +966,11 @@ and \fBcgroup/bind6\fR cgroup\-bpf hooks\&. .sp +Note that these settings apply to any +\fBbind\fR(2) +system call invocation by the unit processes, regardless in which network namespace they are placed\&. Or in other words: changing the network namespace is not a suitable mechanism for escaping these restrictions on +\fBbind()\fR\&. +.sp Examples: .sp .if n \{\ @@ -1190,6 +1197,8 @@ table inet filter { .RE .\} .sp +This option is only available for system services and is not supported for services running in per\-user instances of the service manager\&. +.sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .SS "BPF Programs" diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.service.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.service.5 index 19597a2e..8b68b9b5 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.service.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.service.5 @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ T} T{ ":" T}:T{ -If the executable path is prefixed with ":", environment variable substitution (as described by the "Command Lines" section below) is not applied\&. +If the executable path is prefixed with ":", environment variable substitution (as described below this table) is not applied\&. T} T{ "+" @@ -2166,7 +2166,7 @@ for this\&. A typical service file for such a daemon would look like this: Description=Simple notifying service [Service] -Type=notify +Type=notify\-reload ExecStart=/usr/sbin/simple\-notifying\-service [Install] @@ -2182,6 +2182,14 @@ Note that the daemon has to support systemd\*(Aqs notification protocol, else sy Please see \fBsystemd.kill\fR(5) for details on how you can influence the way systemd terminates the service\&. +.PP +To avoid code duplication, it is preferable to use +\fBsd_notify\fR(3) +when possible, especially when other APIs provided by +\fBlibsystemd\fR(3) +are also used, but note that the notification protocol is very simple and guaranteed to be stable as per the +\m[blue]\fBInterface Portability and Stability Promise\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[4]\d\s+2, so it can be reimplemented by services with no external dependencies\&. For a self\-contained example, see +\fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsystemd\fR(1), @@ -2209,3 +2217,8 @@ Control Group v2 .RS 4 \%https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.html .RE +.IP " 4." 4 +Interface Portability and Stability Promise +.RS 4 +\%https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/ +.RE diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.socket.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.socket.5 index 1cd05d5c..f8d4a7cd 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.socket.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/systemd.socket.5 @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Added in version 247\&. .RS 4 Takes a string value\&. Controls the TCP congestion algorithm used by this socket\&. Should be one of "westwood", -"veno", +"reno", "cubic", "lp" or any other available algorithm supported by the IP stack\&. This setting applies only to stream sockets\&. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/table.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/table.5 index 6da7bd71..65dca359 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/table.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/table.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: table.5,v 1.12 2021/02/13 08:05:57 jmc Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: table.5,v 1.13 2023/12/27 11:29:56 op Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2013 Eric Faurot <eric@openbsd.org> .\" Copyright (c) 2013 Gilles Chehade <gilles@poolp.org> @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. .\" .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: February 13 2021 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: December 27 2023 $ .Dt TABLE 5 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ table mymapping { key1 = value1, key2 = value2, key3 = value3 } When using a .Ql file table, a list will be written with each value on a line by itself. -Comments can be put anywhere in the file using a hash mark -.Pq Sq # , -and extend to the end of the current line. .Bd -literal -offset indent value1 value2 @@ -52,13 +49,22 @@ value3 .Ed .Pp A mapping will be written with each key and value on a line, -whitespaces separating both columns: +whitespace and an optional colon separating both columns: .Bd -literal -offset indent -key1 value1 +key1: value1 key2 value2 key3 value3 .Ed .Pp +Blank lines, leading and trailing spaces and tabs are ignored. +Lines whose first non-space character is a hash mark +.Pq Sq # +are comments and are ignored. +To force the parsing of a file table as a list rather than a mapping, use +this special comment: +.Pp +.Dl # @list +.Pp A file table can be converted to a Berkeley database using the .Xr makemap 8 utility with no syntax change. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/term.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/term.5 index ac068200..f85517b8 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/term.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/term.5 @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ +'\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,44 +28,48 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.43 2021/12/25 21:28:59 tom Exp $ -.TH term 5 -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +.\" $Id: term.5,v 1.77 2024/04/20 21:24:19 tom Exp $ +.TH term 5 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "File formats" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ' \(aq +.ds ^ \(ha +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ds ' ' +.ds ^ ^ +.\} +.ie n .ds CW R +.el \{ +.ie \n(.g .ds CW CR +.el .ds CW CW +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.ds n 5 +. .ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -term \- format of compiled term file. +term \- +compiled \fIterminfo\fR terminal description .SH SYNOPSIS .B term .SH DESCRIPTION -.SS STORAGE LOCATION +.SS "Storage Location" Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the directory \fB\*d\fP. -Two configurations are supported (when building the \fBncurses\fP libraries): +Two configurations are supported +(when building the \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries): .TP 5 .B directory tree A two-level scheme is used to avoid a linear search -of a huge \s-1UNIX\s+1 system directory: \fB\*d/c/name\fP where +of a huge Unix system directory: \fB\*d/c/name\fP where .I name is the name of the terminal, and .I c @@ -83,15 +88,16 @@ the terminfo's primary name as a key, and records containing only aliases pointing to the primary name. .IP If built to write hashed databases, -\fBncurses\fP can still read terminfo databases organized as a directory tree, +\fI\%ncurses\fP can still read terminfo databases organized as a +directory tree, but cannot write entries into the directory tree. It can write (or rewrite) entries in the hashed database. .IP -\fBncurses\fP distinguishes the two cases in the TERMINFO and TERMINFO_DIRS -environment variable by assuming a directory tree for entries that -correspond to an existing directory, +\fI\%ncurses\fP distinguishes the two cases in the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP and +\fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP environment variable by assuming a directory tree +for entries that correspond to an existing directory, and hashed database otherwise. -.SS LEGACY STORAGE FORMAT +.SS "Legacy Storage Format" The format has been chosen so that it will be the same on all hardware. An 8 or more bit byte is assumed, but no assumptions about byte ordering or sign extension are made. @@ -105,7 +111,7 @@ a) \fIheader\fP, .TP 3 b) \fIterminal names\fP, .TP 3 -c) \fIboolean flags\fP, +c) \fIBoolean flags\fP, .TP 3 d) \fInumbers\fP, .TP 3 @@ -124,7 +130,7 @@ These integers are .TP 5 (2) the size, in bytes, of the \fIterminal names\fP section; .TP 5 -(3) the number of bytes in the \fIboolean flags\fP section; +(3) the number of bytes in the \fIBoolean flags\fP section; .TP 5 (4) the number of short integers in the \fInumbers\fP section; .TP 5 @@ -134,7 +140,7 @@ These integers are .RE .PP The capabilities in the -\fIboolean flags\fP, +\fIBoolean flags\fP, \fInumbers\fP, and \fIstrings\fP sections are in the same order as the file <term.h>. @@ -162,14 +168,14 @@ tic stores a \-1 in the corresponding table. .IP The integer value \-1 is represented by two bytes 0377, 0377. .br -Absent boolean values are represented by the byte 0 (false). +Absent Boolean values are represented by the byte 0 (false). .bP If a capability has been canceled from this terminal, tic stores a \-2 in the corresponding table. .IP The integer value \-2 is represented by two bytes 0377, 0376. .br -The boolean value \-2 is represented by the byte 0376. +The Boolean value \-2 is represented by the byte 0376. .br .bP Other negative values are illegal. @@ -181,11 +187,11 @@ separated by the \*(``|\*('' character. The \fIterminal names\fP section is terminated with an \s-1ASCII NUL\s+1 character. .PP -The \fIboolean flags\fP section has one byte for each flag. +The \fIBoolean flags\fP section has one byte for each flag. Boolean capabilities are either 1 or 0 (true or false) according to whether the terminal supports the given capability or not. .PP -Between the \fIboolean flags\fP section and the \fInumber\fP section, +Between the \fIBoolean flags\fP section and the \fInumber\fP section, a null byte will be inserted, if necessary, to ensure that the \fInumber\fP section begins on an even byte This is a relic of the PDP\-11's word-addressed architecture, @@ -193,7 +199,7 @@ originally designed to avoid traps induced by addressing a word on an odd byte boundary. All short integers are aligned on a short word boundary. .PP -The \fInumbers\fP section is similar to the \fIboolean flags\fP section. +The \fInumbers\fP section is similar to the \fIBoolean flags\fP section. Each capability takes up two bytes, and is stored as a little-endian short integer. .PP @@ -205,24 +211,24 @@ The \fIstring table\fP is the last section. It contains all of the values of string capabilities referenced in the \fIstrings\fP section. Each string is null-terminated. -Special characters in ^X or \ec notation are stored in their +Special characters in \*^X or \ec notation are stored in their interpreted form, not the printing representation. Padding information $<nn> and parameter information %x are stored intact in uninterpreted form. -.SS EXTENDED STORAGE FORMAT +.SS "Extended Storage Format" The previous section describes the conventional terminfo binary format. With some minor variations of the offsets (see PORTABILITY), -the same binary format is used in all modern UNIX systems. -Each system uses a predefined set of boolean, number or string capabilities. +the same binary format is used in all modern Unix systems. +Each system uses a predefined set of Boolean, number or string capabilities. .PP -The \fBncurses\fP libraries and applications support +The \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries and applications support extended terminfo binary format, allowing users to define capabilities which are loaded at runtime. This extension is made possible by using the fact that the other implementations stop reading the terminfo data when they have reached the end of the size given in the header. -\fBncurses\fP checks the size, +\fI\%ncurses\fP checks the size, and if it exceeds that due to the predefined data, continues to parse according to its own scheme. .PP @@ -230,7 +236,7 @@ First, it reads the extended header (5 short integers): .RS 5 .TP 5 (1) -count of extended boolean capabilities +count of extended Boolean capabilities .TP 5 (2) count of extended numeric capabilities @@ -249,22 +255,31 @@ The count- and size-values for the extended string table include the extended capability \fInames\fP as well as extended capability \fIvalues\fP. .PP -Using the counts and sizes, \fBncurses\fP allocates arrays and reads data -for the extended capabilities in the same order as the header information. +Using the counts and sizes, +\fI\%ncurses\fP allocates arrays and reads data for the extended +capabilities in the same order as the header information. .PP The extended string table contains values for string capabilities. After the end of these values, it contains the names for each of -the extended capabilities in order, e.g., booleans, then numbers and +the extended capabilities in order, e.g., Booleans, then numbers and finally strings. .PP +By storing terminal descriptions in this way, +\fI\%ncurses\fP is able to provide a database useful with legacy +applications, +as well as providing data for applications which need more than the +predefined capabilities. +See \fBuser_caps\fP(5) for an overview +of the way \fI\%ncurses\fP uses this extended information. +.PP Applications which manipulate terminal data can use the definitions described in \fBterm_variables\fP(3X) which associate the long capability names with members of a \fBTERMTYPE\fP structure. . -.SS EXTENDED NUMBER FORMAT -.PP +.SS "Extended Number Format" On occasion, 16-bit signed integers are not large enough. -With \fBncurses\fP 6.1, a new format was introduced by making a few changes +With \fI\%ncurses\fP 6.1, +a new format was introduced by making a few changes to the legacy format: .bP a different magic number (octal 01036) @@ -277,9 +292,12 @@ to direct users of the \fBTERMTYPE\fP structure as in previous formats. However, that cannot provide callers with the extended numbers. The library uses a similar but hidden data structure \fBTERMTYPE2\fP to provide data for the terminfo functions. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database .SH PORTABILITY .SS setupterm -.PP Note that it is possible for .B setupterm to expect a different set of capabilities @@ -296,22 +314,21 @@ The routine must be prepared for both possibilities \- this is why the numbers and sizes are included. Also, new capabilities must always be added at the end of the lists -of boolean, number, and string capabilities. -.SS Binary format -.PP +of Boolean, number, and string capabilities. +.SS "Binary Format" X/Open Curses does not specify a format for the terminfo database. -UNIX System V curses used a directory-tree of binary files, +System V curses used a directory-tree of binary files, one per terminal description. .PP Despite the consistent use of little-endian for numbers and the otherwise self-describing format, it is not wise to count on portability of binary -terminfo entries between commercial UNIX versions. +terminfo entries between commercial Unix versions. The problem is that there are at least three versions of terminfo (under HP\-UX, AIX, and OSF/1) which diverged from System V terminfo after SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string table that (in the binary format) collide with -System V and XSI Curses extensions. -See \fBterminfo\fP(\*n) for detailed +System V and X/Open Curses extensions. +See \fBterminfo\fP(5) for detailed discussion of terminfo source compatibility issues. .PP This implementation is by default compatible with the binary @@ -319,10 +336,9 @@ terminfo format used by Solaris curses, except in a few less-used details where it was found that the latter did not match X/Open Curses. The format used by the other Unix versions -can be matched by building ncurses +can be matched by building \fI\%ncurses\fP with different configuration options. -.SS Magic codes -.PP +.SS "Magic Codes" The magic number in a binary terminfo file is the first 16-bits (two bytes). Besides making it more reliable for the library to check that a file is terminfo, @@ -331,41 +347,72 @@ System V defined more than one magic number, with 0433, 0435 as screen-dumps (see \fBscr_dump\fP(5)). This implementation uses 01036 as a continuation of that sequence, but with a different high-order byte to avoid confusion. -.SS The TERMTYPE structure -.PP +.SS "The \fITERMTYPE\fP Structure" Direct access to the \fBTERMTYPE\fP structure is provided for legacy applications. Portable applications should use the \fBtigetflag\fP and related functions described in \fBcurs_terminfo\fP(3X) for reading terminal capabilities. -.SS Mixed-case terminal names -.PP +.SS "Mixed-case Terminal Names" A small number of terminal descriptions use uppercase characters in their names. If the underlying filesystem ignores the difference between uppercase and lowercase, -\fBncurses\fP represents the \*(``first character\*('' +\fI\%ncurses\fP represents the \*(``first character\*('' of the terminal name used as the intermediate level of a directory tree in (two-character) hexadecimal form. -.SH EXAMPLE +.SS Limits +\fI\%ncurses\fP stores compiled terminal descriptions +in three related formats, +described in the sections +.bP +\fBLEGACY STORAGE FORMAT\fP, and +.bP +\fBEXTENDED STORAGE FORMAT\fP, and +.bP +\fBEXTENDED NUMBER FORMAT\fP. +.PP +The legacy storage format and the extended number format differ by +the types of numeric capability which they can store +(i.e., 16-bit versus 32-bit integers). +The extended storage format introduced by \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0 adds data +to either of these formats. +.PP +Some limitations apply: +.bP +total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes in the legacy format. +.bP +total compiled entries cannot exceed 32768 bytes in the extended format. +.bP +the name field cannot exceed 128 bytes. +.PP +Compiled entries are limited to 32768 bytes because offsets into the +\fIstrings table\fP use two-byte integers. +The legacy format could have supported 32768-byte entries, +but was limited to a virtual memory page's 4096 bytes. +.SH EXAMPLES As an example, here is a description for the Lear-Siegler ADM\-3, a popular though rather stupid early terminal: -.NS +.PP +.EX adm3a|lsi adm3a, am, cols#80, lines#24, - bel=^G, clear=\032$<1>, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, - cuf1=^L, cup=\\E=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=^K, - home=^^, ind=^J, -.NS + bel=\*^G, clear=\e032$<1>, cr=\*^M, cub1=\*^H, cud1=\*^J, + cuf1=\*^L, cup=\eE=%p1%{32}%+%c%p2%{32}%+%c, cuu1=\*^K, + home=\*^\*^, ind=\*^J, +.EE .PP and a hexadecimal dump of the compiled terminal description: -.NS -.ft CW -\s-20000 1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00 82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33 ........ ..1.adm3 +.PP +.if t .in +4n +.ft \*(CW +.TS +Lp-1. +0000 1a 01 10 00 02 00 03 00 82 00 31 00 61 64 6d 33 ........ ..1.adm3 0010 61 7c 6c 73 69 20 61 64 6d 33 61 00 00 01 50 00 a|lsi ad m3a...P. 0020 ff ff 18 00 ff ff 00 00 02 00 ff ff ff ff 04 00 ........ ........ -0030 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff ........ ..%.'... -0040 29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00 ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff ).....+. ..-..... +0030 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 0a 00 25 00 27 00 ff ff ........ ..%.\*'... +0040 29 00 ff ff ff ff 2b 00 ff ff 2d 00 ff ff ff ff ).....+. ..\-..... 0050 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ 0060 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ 0070 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ........ ........ @@ -382,36 +429,24 @@ and a hexadecimal dump of the compiled terminal description: 0120 ff ff ff ff ff ff 2f 00 07 00 0d 00 1a 24 3c 31 ....../. .....$<1 0130 3e 00 1b 3d 25 70 31 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 >..=%p1% {32}%+%c 0140 25 70 32 25 7b 33 32 7d 25 2b 25 63 00 0a 00 1e %p2%{32} %+%c.... -0150 00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a 00 ........ .\s+2 -.ft R -.NE -.sp -.SH LIMITS -Some limitations: -.bP -total compiled entries cannot exceed 4096 bytes in the legacy format. -.bP -total compiled entries cannot exceed 32768 bytes in the extended format. -.bP -the name field cannot exceed 128 bytes. -.PP -Compiled entries are limited to 32768 bytes because offsets into the -\fIstrings table\fP use two-byte integers. -The legacy format could have supported 32768-byte entries, -but was limited a virtual memory page's 4096 bytes. -.SH FILES -\*d/*/* compiled terminal capability database -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBcurses\fP(3X), \fBterminfo\fP(\*n). +0150 00 08 00 0c 00 0b 00 0a 00 ........ . +.TE +.ft +.in .SH AUTHORS Thomas E. Dickey .br -extended terminfo format for ncurses 5.0 +extended terminfo format for \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0 .br -hashed database support for ncurses 5.6 +hashed database support for \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.6 .br -extended number support for ncurses 6.1 +extended number support for \fI\%ncurses\fP 6.1 .sp Eric S. Raymond .br documented legacy terminfo format, e.g., from \fIpcurses\fP. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%curs_terminfo\fP(3X), +\fB\%terminfo\fP(5), +\fB\%user_caps\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/termcap.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/termcap.5 index a2fc7839..b0f7fade 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/termcap.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/termcap.5 @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ .\" If mistakes in the capabilities are found, please send a bug report to: .\" michael@moria.de .\" Modified Mon Oct 21 17:47:19 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond (esr@thyrsus.com) -.TH termcap 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH termcap 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME termcap \- terminal capability database .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/terminfo.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/terminfo.5 index 5bbfe67a..f8348024 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/terminfo.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/terminfo.5 @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ .\" Note: this must be run through tbl before nroff. .\" The magic cookie on the first line triggers this under some man programs. .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2020,2021 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -33,34 +33,34 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.42 2021/12/25 17:39:16 tom Exp $ -.TH terminfo 5 "" "" "File Formats" -.ds n 5 -.ds d /usr/share/terminfo -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' +.\" $Id: terminfo.head,v 1.65 2024/04/20 21:14:00 tom Exp $ +.TH terminfo 5 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "File formats" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.ds ' \(aq +.ds ^ \(ha +.ds ~ \(ti +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.ds ' ' +.ds ^ ^ +.ds ~ ~ +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +. +.ds d /usr/share/terminfo .SH NAME -terminfo \- terminal capability database +\fB\%terminfo\fP \- +terminal capability database .SH SYNOPSIS \*d/*/* .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -81,17 +81,18 @@ describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities which they have, by specifying how to perform screen operations, and by specifying padding requirements and initialization sequences. .PP -This manual describes \fBncurses\fP -version 6.4 (patch 20230520). -.SS Terminfo Entry Syntax -.PP +This document describes +.I \%ncurses +version 6.5 +(patch 20240427). +.SS "\fIterminfo\fP Entry Syntax" Entries in .I terminfo consist of a sequence of fields: .bP Each field ends with a comma \*(``,\*('' (embedded commas may be -escaped with a backslash or written as \*(``\\054\*(''). +escaped with a backslash or written as \*(``\e054\*(''). .bP White space between fields is ignored. .bP @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ it allows that to be both an alias and a verbose name .bP Lines beginning with a \*(``#\*('' in the first column are treated as comments. .IP -While comment lines are legal at any point, the output of \fBcaptoinfo\fP +While comment lines are valid at any point, the output of \fBcaptoinfo\fP and \fBinfotocap\fP (aliases for \fBtic\fP) will move comments so they occur only between entries. .PP @@ -142,38 +143,38 @@ Thus, a vt100 in 132-column mode would be vt100\-w. The following suffixes should be used where possible: .PP .TS -center ; -l c l -l l l. -\fBSuffix Meaning Example\fP -\-\fInn\fP Number of lines on the screen aaa\-60 -\-\fIn\fPp Number of pages of memory c100\-4p -\-am With automargins (usually the default) vt100\-am -\-m Mono mode; suppress color ansi\-m -\-mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting wy30\-mc -\-na No arrow keys (leave them in local) c100\-na -\-nam Without automatic margins vt100\-nam -\-nl No status line att4415\-nl -\-ns No status line hp2626\-ns -\-rv Reverse video c100\-rv -\-s Enable status line vt100\-s -\-vb Use visible bell instead of beep wy370\-vb -\-w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) vt100\-w +center; +Lb Lb Lb +L L Lx. +Suffix Example Meaning +_ +\-\fInn\fP aaa\-60 Number of lines on the screen +\-\fIn\fPp c100\-4p Number of pages of memory +\-am vt100\-am With automargins (usually the default) +\-m ansi\-m Mono mode; suppress color +\-mc wy30\-mc Magic cookie; spaces when highlighting +\-na c100\-na No arrow keys (leave them in local) +\-nam vt100\-nam Without automatic margins +\-nl hp2621\-nl No status line +\-ns hp2626\-ns No status line +\-rv c100\-rv Reverse video +\-s vt100\-s Enable status line +\-vb wy370\-vb Use visible bell instead of beep +\-w vt100\-w Wide mode (> 80 columns, usually 132) .TE .PP For more on terminal naming conventions, see the \fBterm\fP(7) manual page. -.SS Terminfo Capabilities Syntax -.PP +.SS "\fIterminfo\fP Capabilities Syntax" The terminfo entry consists of several \fIcapabilities\fP, i.e., features that the terminal has, or methods for exercising the terminal's features. .PP After the first field (giving the name(s) of the terminal entry), there should be one or more \fIcapability\fP fields. -These are boolean, numeric or string names with corresponding values: +These are Boolean, numeric or string names with corresponding values: .bP Boolean capabilities are true when present, false when absent. -There is no explicit value for boolean capabilities. +There is no explicit value for Boolean capabilities. .bP Numeric capabilities have a \*(``#\*('' following the name, then an unsigned decimal integer value. @@ -192,8 +193,7 @@ Any capability can be \fIcanceled\fP, i.e., suppressed from the terminal entry, by following its name with \*(``@\*('' rather than a capability value. -.SS Similar Terminals -.PP +.SS "Similar Terminals" If there are two very similar terminals, one (the variant) can be defined as being just like the other (the base) with certain exceptions. In the @@ -228,1493 +228,1985 @@ user preferences. An entry included via \fBuse\fP can contain canceled capabilities, which have the same effect as if those cancels were inline in the using terminal entry. -.SS Predefined Capabilities +.SS "Predefined Capabilities" .\" Head of terminfo man page ends here .ps -1 -The following is a complete table of the capabilities included in a -terminfo description block and available to terminfo-using code. In each -line of the table, - -The \fBvariable\fR is the name by which the programmer (at the terminfo level) -accesses the capability. - -The \fBcapname\fR is the short name used in the text of the database, -and is used by a person updating the database. -Whenever possible, capnames are chosen to be the same as or similar to -the ANSI X3.64-1979 standard (now superseded by ECMA-48, which uses -identical or very similar names). Semantics are also intended to match -those of the specification. - -The termcap code is the old -.B termcap -capability name (some capabilities are new, and have names which termcap -did not originate). -.P -Capability names have no hard length limit, but an informal limit of 5 -characters has been adopted to keep them short and to allow the tabs in -the source file -.B Caps +Tables of capabilities +.I \%ncurses +recognizes in a +.I \%term\%info +terminal type description and available to +.IR \%term\%info -using +code follow. +.bP +The capability name identifies the symbol by which the programmer +using the +.I \%term\%info +API accesses the capability. +.bP +The TI +.RI ( \%term\%info ) +code is the short name used by a person composing or updating a +terminal type entry. +.IP +Whenever possible, +these codes are the same as or similar to those of the ANSI X3.64-1979 +standard +(now superseded by ECMA-48, +which uses identical or very similar names). +Semantics are also intended to match those of the specification. +.IP +.I \%term\%info +codes have no hard length limit, +but +.I \%ncurses +maintains an informal one of 5 characters to keep them short and to +allow the tabs in the source file +.I Caps to line up nicely. - -Finally, the description field attempts to convey the semantics of the -capability. You may find some codes in the description field: -.TP -(P) -indicates that padding may be specified +(Some standard codes exceed this limit regardless.) +.bP +The TC +.RI ( termcap ) +code is that used by the corresponding API of +.IR \%ncurses . +(Some capabilities are new, +and have names that BSD +.I termcap +did not originate.) +.bP +The description field attempts to convey the capability's semantics. +.PP +The description field employs a handful of notations. .TP -#[1-9] -in the description field indicates that the string is passed -through \fBtparm\fP(3X) with parameters as given (#\fIi\fP). -.IP -If no parameters are listed in the description, -passing the string through \fBtparm\fP(3X) may give unexpected results, -e.g., if it contains percent (%%) signs. +.B (P) +indicates that padding may be specified. .TP -(P*) -indicates that padding may vary in proportion to the number of -lines affected +.B (P*) +indicates that padding may vary in proportion to the number of output +lines affected. .TP -(#\d\fIi\fP\u) -indicates the \fIi\fP\uth\d parameter. - -.PP -These are the boolean capabilities: - -.na -.TS H +.BI # i +indicates the +.IR i th +parameter of a string capability; +the programmer should pass the string to \fB\%tparm\fP(3X) with the +parameters listed. +.IP +If the description lists no parameters, +passing the string to \fB\%tparm\fP(3X) may produce unexpected +behavior, +for instance if the string contains percent signs. +. +.PP +.TS center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw20. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBBooleans name Code\fR +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +Boolean Capability Name TI TC Description +_ auto_left_margin bw bw T{ +.ad l cub1 wraps from column 0 to last column T} auto_right_margin am am T{ +.ad l terminal has automatic margins T} -back_color_erase bce ut T{ -screen erased with background color -T} -can_change ccc cc T{ -terminal can re-define existing colors +no_esc_ctlc xsb xb T{ +.ad l +beehive (f1=escape, f2=ctrl C) T} ceol_standout_glitch xhp xs T{ +.ad l standout not erased by overwriting (hp) T} -col_addr_glitch xhpa YA T{ -only positive motion for hpa/mhpa caps -T} -cpi_changes_res cpix YF T{ -changing character pitch changes resolution -T} -cr_cancels_micro_mode crxm YB T{ -using cr turns off micro mode -T} -dest_tabs_magic_smso xt xt T{ -tabs destructive, magic so char (t1061) -T} eat_newline_glitch xenl xn T{ +.ad l newline ignored after 80 cols (concept) T} erase_overstrike eo eo T{ +.ad l can erase overstrikes with a blank T} generic_type gn gn T{ +.ad l generic line type T} hard_copy hc hc T{ +.ad l hardcopy terminal T} -hard_cursor chts HC T{ -cursor is hard to see -T} has_meta_key km km T{ +.ad l Has a meta key (i.e., sets 8th-bit) T} -has_print_wheel daisy YC T{ -printer needs operator to change character set -T} has_status_line hs hs T{ +.ad l has extra status line T} -hue_lightness_saturation hls hl T{ -terminal uses only HLS color notation (Tektronix) -T} insert_null_glitch in in T{ +.ad l insert mode distinguishes nulls T} -lpi_changes_res lpix YG T{ -changing line pitch changes resolution -T} memory_above da da T{ +.ad l display may be retained above the screen T} memory_below db db T{ +.ad l display may be retained below the screen T} move_insert_mode mir mi T{ +.ad l safe to move while in insert mode T} move_standout_mode msgr ms T{ +.ad l safe to move while in standout mode T} +over_strike os os T{ +.ad l +terminal can overstrike +T} +status_line_esc_ok eslok es T{ +.ad l +escape can be used on the status line +T} +dest_tabs_magic_smso xt xt T{ +.ad l +tabs destructive, magic so char (t1061) +T} +tilde_glitch hz hz T{ +.ad l +cannot print ~'s (Hazeltine) +T} +transparent_underline ul ul T{ +.ad l +underline character overstrikes +T} +xon_xoff xon xo T{ +.ad l +terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking +T} needs_xon_xoff nxon nx T{ +.ad l padding will not work, xon/xoff required T} -no_esc_ctlc xsb xb T{ -beehive (f1=escape, f2=ctrl C) +prtr_silent mc5i 5i T{ +.ad l +printer will not echo on screen +T} +hard_cursor chts HC T{ +.ad l +cursor is hard to see +T} +non_rev_rmcup nrrmc NR T{ +.ad l +smcup does not reverse rmcup T} no_pad_char npc NP T{ +.ad l pad character does not exist T} non_dest_scroll_region ndscr ND T{ +.ad l scrolling region is non-destructive T} -non_rev_rmcup nrrmc NR T{ -smcup does not reverse rmcup +can_change ccc cc T{ +.ad l +terminal can re-define existing colors T} -over_strike os os T{ -terminal can overstrike +back_color_erase bce ut T{ +.ad l +screen erased with background color T} -prtr_silent mc5i 5i T{ -printer will not echo on screen +hue_lightness_saturation hls hl T{ +.ad l +terminal uses only HLS color notation (Tektronix) +T} +col_addr_glitch xhpa YA T{ +.ad l +only positive motion for hpa/mhpa caps +T} +cr_cancels_micro_mode crxm YB T{ +.ad l +using cr turns off micro mode +T} +has_print_wheel daisy YC T{ +.ad l +printer needs operator to change character set T} row_addr_glitch xvpa YD T{ +.ad l only positive motion for vpa/mvpa caps T} semi_auto_right_margin sam YE T{ +.ad l printing in last column causes cr T} -status_line_esc_ok eslok es T{ -escape can be used on the status line -T} -tilde_glitch hz hz T{ -cannot print ~'s (Hazeltine) -T} -transparent_underline ul ul T{ -underline character overstrikes +cpi_changes_res cpix YF T{ +.ad l +changing character pitch changes resolution T} -xon_xoff xon xo T{ -terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking +lpi_changes_res lpix YG T{ +.ad l +changing line pitch changes resolution T} .TE -.ad - -These are the numeric capabilities: - -.na -.TS H +.PP +. +.TS center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw20. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBNumeric name Code\fR +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +Numeric Capability Name TI TC Description +_ columns cols co T{ +.ad l number of columns in a line T} init_tabs it it T{ +.ad l tabs initially every # spaces T} -label_height lh lh T{ -rows in each label -T} -label_width lw lw T{ -columns in each label -T} lines lines li T{ +.ad l number of lines on screen or page T} lines_of_memory lm lm T{ +.ad l lines of memory if > line. 0 means varies T} magic_cookie_glitch xmc sg T{ +.ad l number of blank characters left by smso or rmso T} +padding_baud_rate pb pb T{ +.ad l +lowest baud rate where padding needed +T} +virtual_terminal vt vt T{ +.ad l +virtual terminal number (CB/unix) +T} +width_status_line wsl ws T{ +.ad l +number of columns in status line +T} +num_labels nlab Nl T{ +.ad l +number of labels on screen +T} +label_height lh lh T{ +.ad l +rows in each label +T} +label_width lw lw T{ +.ad l +columns in each label +T} max_attributes ma ma T{ +.ad l maximum combined attributes terminal can handle T} +maximum_windows wnum MW T{ +.ad l +maximum number of definable windows +T} max_colors colors Co T{ +.ad l maximum number of colors on screen T} max_pairs pairs pa T{ +.ad l maximum number of color-pairs on the screen T} -maximum_windows wnum MW T{ -maximum number of definable windows -T} no_color_video ncv NC T{ +.ad l video attributes that cannot be used with colors T} -num_labels nlab Nl T{ -number of labels on screen -T} -padding_baud_rate pb pb T{ -lowest baud rate where padding needed -T} -virtual_terminal vt vt T{ -virtual terminal number (CB/unix) -T} -width_status_line wsl ws T{ -number of columns in status line -T} .TE -.ad - +.PP +. The following numeric capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure, -but are not yet documented in the man page. They came in with SVr4's -printer support. - -.na -.TS H +but are not yet documented in the man page. +They came in with SVr4's printer support. +. +.PP +.TS center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw20. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBNumeric name Code\fR -bit_image_entwining bitwin Yo T{ -number of passes for each bit-image row -T} -bit_image_type bitype Yp T{ -type of bit-image device -T} +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +Numeric Capability Name TI TC Description +_ buffer_capacity bufsz Ya T{ +.ad l numbers of bytes buffered before printing T} -buttons btns BT T{ -number of buttons on mouse +dot_vert_spacing spinv Yb T{ +.ad l +spacing of pins vertically in pins per inch T} dot_horz_spacing spinh Yc T{ +.ad l spacing of dots horizontally in dots per inch T} -dot_vert_spacing spinv Yb T{ -spacing of pins vertically in pins per inch -T} max_micro_address maddr Yd T{ +.ad l maximum value in micro_..._address T} max_micro_jump mjump Ye T{ +.ad l maximum value in parm_..._micro T} micro_col_size mcs Yf T{ +.ad l character step size when in micro mode T} micro_line_size mls Yg T{ +.ad l line step size when in micro mode T} number_of_pins npins Yh T{ +.ad l numbers of pins in print-head T} output_res_char orc Yi T{ +.ad l horizontal resolution in units per line T} -output_res_horz_inch orhi Yk T{ -horizontal resolution in units per inch -T} output_res_line orl Yj T{ +.ad l vertical resolution in units per line T} +output_res_horz_inch orhi Yk T{ +.ad l +horizontal resolution in units per inch +T} output_res_vert_inch orvi Yl T{ +.ad l vertical resolution in units per inch T} print_rate cps Ym T{ +.ad l print rate in characters per second T} wide_char_size widcs Yn T{ +.ad l character step size when in double wide mode T} +buttons btns BT T{ +.ad l +number of buttons on mouse +T} +bit_image_entwining bitwin Yo T{ +.ad l +number of passes for each bit-image row +T} +bit_image_type bitype Yp T{ +.ad l +type of bit-image device +T} .TE -.ad - -These are the string capabilities: - -.na -.TS H +.PP +. +.TS center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw20. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBString name Code\fR -acs_chars acsc ac T{ -graphics charset pairs, based on vt100 -T} +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +String Capability Name TI TC Description +_ back_tab cbt bt T{ +.ad l back tab (P) T} bell bel bl T{ +.ad l audible signal (bell) (P) T} carriage_return cr cr T{ +.ad l carriage return (P*) (P*) T} -change_char_pitch cpi ZA T{ -Change number of characters per inch to #1 -T} -change_line_pitch lpi ZB T{ -Change number of lines per inch to #1 -T} -change_res_horz chr ZC T{ -Change horizontal resolution to #1 -T} -change_res_vert cvr ZD T{ -Change vertical resolution to #1 -T} change_scroll_region csr cs T{ +.ad l change region to line #1 to line #2 (P) T} -char_padding rmp rP T{ -like ip but when in insert mode -T} clear_all_tabs tbc ct T{ +.ad l clear all tab stops (P) T} -clear_margins mgc MC T{ -clear right and left soft margins -T} clear_screen clear cl T{ +.ad l clear screen and home cursor (P*) T} -clr_bol el1 cb T{ -Clear to beginning of line -T} clr_eol el ce T{ +.ad l clear to end of line (P) T} clr_eos ed cd T{ +.ad l clear to end of screen (P*) T} column_address hpa ch T{ +.ad l horizontal position #1, absolute (P) T} command_character cmdch CC T{ +.ad l terminal settable cmd character in prototype !? T} -create_window cwin CW T{ -define a window #1 from #2,#3 to #4,#5 -T} cursor_address cup cm T{ +.ad l move to row #1 columns #2 T} cursor_down cud1 do T{ +.ad l down one line T} cursor_home home ho T{ +.ad l home cursor (if no cup) T} cursor_invisible civis vi T{ +.ad l make cursor invisible T} cursor_left cub1 le T{ +.ad l move left one space T} cursor_mem_address mrcup CM T{ +.ad l memory relative cursor addressing, move to row #1 columns #2 T} cursor_normal cnorm ve T{ +.ad l make cursor appear normal (undo civis/cvvis) T} cursor_right cuf1 nd T{ +.ad l non-destructive space (move right one space) T} cursor_to_ll ll ll T{ +.ad l last line, first column (if no cup) T} cursor_up cuu1 up T{ +.ad l up one line T} cursor_visible cvvis vs T{ +.ad l make cursor very visible T} -define_char defc ZE T{ -Define a character #1, #2 dots wide, descender #3 -T} delete_character dch1 dc T{ +.ad l delete character (P*) T} delete_line dl1 dl T{ +.ad l delete line (P*) T} -dial_phone dial DI T{ -dial number #1 -T} dis_status_line dsl ds T{ +.ad l disable status line T} -display_clock dclk DK T{ -display clock -T} down_half_line hd hd T{ +.ad l half a line down T} -ena_acs enacs eA T{ -enable alternate char set -T} enter_alt_charset_mode smacs as T{ +.ad l start alternate character set (P) T} -enter_am_mode smam SA T{ -turn on automatic margins -T} enter_blink_mode blink mb T{ +.ad l turn on blinking T} enter_bold_mode bold md T{ +.ad l turn on bold (extra bright) mode T} enter_ca_mode smcup ti T{ +.ad l string to start programs using cup T} enter_delete_mode smdc dm T{ +.ad l enter delete mode T} enter_dim_mode dim mh T{ +.ad l turn on half-bright mode T} -enter_doublewide_mode swidm ZF T{ -Enter double-wide mode -T} -enter_draft_quality sdrfq ZG T{ -Enter draft-quality mode -T} enter_insert_mode smir im T{ +.ad l enter insert mode T} -enter_italics_mode sitm ZH T{ -Enter italic mode -T} -enter_leftward_mode slm ZI T{ -Start leftward carriage motion -T} -enter_micro_mode smicm ZJ T{ -Start micro-motion mode -T} -enter_near_letter_quality snlq ZK T{ -Enter NLQ mode -T} -enter_normal_quality snrmq ZL T{ -Enter normal-quality mode +enter_secure_mode invis mk T{ +.ad l +turn on blank mode (characters invisible) T} enter_protected_mode prot mp T{ +.ad l turn on protected mode T} enter_reverse_mode rev mr T{ +.ad l turn on reverse video mode T} -enter_secure_mode invis mk T{ -turn on blank mode (characters invisible) -T} -enter_shadow_mode sshm ZM T{ -Enter shadow-print mode -T} enter_standout_mode smso so T{ +.ad l begin standout mode T} -enter_subscript_mode ssubm ZN T{ -Enter subscript mode -T} -enter_superscript_mode ssupm ZO T{ -Enter superscript mode -T} enter_underline_mode smul us T{ +.ad l begin underline mode T} -enter_upward_mode sum ZP T{ -Start upward carriage motion -T} -enter_xon_mode smxon SX T{ -turn on xon/xoff handshaking -T} erase_chars ech ec T{ +.ad l erase #1 characters (P) T} exit_alt_charset_mode rmacs ae T{ +.ad l end alternate character set (P) T} -exit_am_mode rmam RA T{ -turn off automatic margins -T} exit_attribute_mode sgr0 me T{ +.ad l turn off all attributes T} exit_ca_mode rmcup te T{ +.ad l strings to end programs using cup T} exit_delete_mode rmdc ed T{ +.ad l end delete mode T} -exit_doublewide_mode rwidm ZQ T{ -End double-wide mode -T} exit_insert_mode rmir ei T{ +.ad l exit insert mode T} -exit_italics_mode ritm ZR T{ -End italic mode -T} -exit_leftward_mode rlm ZS T{ -End left-motion mode -T} -exit_micro_mode rmicm ZT T{ -End micro-motion mode -T} -exit_shadow_mode rshm ZU T{ -End shadow-print mode -T} exit_standout_mode rmso se T{ +.ad l exit standout mode T} -exit_subscript_mode rsubm ZV T{ -End subscript mode -T} -exit_superscript_mode rsupm ZW T{ -End superscript mode -T} exit_underline_mode rmul ue T{ +.ad l exit underline mode T} -exit_upward_mode rum ZX T{ -End reverse character motion -T} -exit_xon_mode rmxon RX T{ -turn off xon/xoff handshaking -T} -fixed_pause pause PA T{ -pause for 2-3 seconds -T} -flash_hook hook fh T{ -flash switch hook -T} flash_screen flash vb T{ +.ad l visible bell (may not move cursor) T} form_feed ff ff T{ +.ad l hardcopy terminal page eject (P*) T} from_status_line fsl fs T{ +.ad l return from status line T} -goto_window wingo WG T{ -go to window #1 -T} -hangup hup HU T{ -hang-up phone -T} init_1string is1 i1 T{ +.ad l initialization string T} init_2string is2 is T{ +.ad l initialization string T} init_3string is3 i3 T{ +.ad l initialization string T} init_file if if T{ +.ad l name of initialization file T} -init_prog iprog iP T{ -path name of program for initialization -T} -initialize_color initc Ic T{ -initialize color #1 to (#2,#3,#4) -T} -initialize_pair initp Ip T{ -Initialize color pair #1 to fg=(#2,#3,#4), bg=(#5,#6,#7) -T} insert_character ich1 ic T{ +.ad l insert character (P) T} insert_line il1 al T{ +.ad l insert line (P*) T} insert_padding ip ip T{ +.ad l insert padding after inserted character T} -key_a1 ka1 K1 T{ -upper left of keypad -T} -key_a3 ka3 K3 T{ -upper right of keypad -T} -key_b2 kb2 K2 T{ -center of keypad -T} key_backspace kbs kb T{ +.ad l backspace key T} -key_beg kbeg @1 T{ -begin key -T} -key_btab kcbt kB T{ -back-tab key -T} -key_c1 kc1 K4 T{ -lower left of keypad -T} -key_c3 kc3 K5 T{ -lower right of keypad -T} -key_cancel kcan @2 T{ -cancel key -T} key_catab ktbc ka T{ +.ad l clear-all-tabs key T} key_clear kclr kC T{ +.ad l clear-screen or erase key T} -key_close kclo @3 T{ -close key -T} -key_command kcmd @4 T{ -command key -T} -key_copy kcpy @5 T{ -copy key -T} -key_create kcrt @6 T{ -create key -T} key_ctab kctab kt T{ +.ad l clear-tab key T} key_dc kdch1 kD T{ +.ad l delete-character key T} key_dl kdl1 kL T{ +.ad l delete-line key T} key_down kcud1 kd T{ +.ad l down-arrow key T} +.TE +.TS +center; +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. key_eic krmir kM T{ +.ad l sent by rmir or smir in insert mode T} -key_end kend @7 T{ -end key -T} -key_enter kent @8 T{ -enter/send key -T} key_eol kel kE T{ +.ad l clear-to-end-of-line key T} key_eos ked kS T{ +.ad l clear-to-end-of-screen key T} -key_exit kext @9 T{ -exit key -T} key_f0 kf0 k0 T{ +.ad l F0 function key T} key_f1 kf1 k1 T{ +.ad l F1 function key T} key_f10 kf10 k; T{ +.ad l F10 function key T} -key_f11 kf11 F1 T{ -F11 function key +key_f2 kf2 k2 T{ +.ad l +F2 function key T} -key_f12 kf12 F2 T{ -F12 function key +key_f3 kf3 k3 T{ +.ad l +F3 function key T} -key_f13 kf13 F3 T{ -F13 function key +key_f4 kf4 k4 T{ +.ad l +F4 function key T} -key_f14 kf14 F4 T{ -F14 function key +key_f5 kf5 k5 T{ +.ad l +F5 function key T} -key_f15 kf15 F5 T{ -F15 function key +key_f6 kf6 k6 T{ +.ad l +F6 function key T} -key_f16 kf16 F6 T{ -F16 function key +key_f7 kf7 k7 T{ +.ad l +F7 function key T} -key_f17 kf17 F7 T{ -F17 function key +key_f8 kf8 k8 T{ +.ad l +F8 function key T} -key_f18 kf18 F8 T{ -F18 function key +key_f9 kf9 k9 T{ +.ad l +F9 function key T} -key_f19 kf19 F9 T{ -F19 function key +key_home khome kh T{ +.ad l +home key T} -key_f2 kf2 k2 T{ -F2 function key +key_ic kich1 kI T{ +.ad l +insert-character key T} -key_f20 kf20 FA T{ -F20 function key +key_il kil1 kA T{ +.ad l +insert-line key T} -key_f21 kf21 FB T{ -F21 function key +key_left kcub1 kl T{ +.ad l +left-arrow key T} -key_f22 kf22 FC T{ -F22 function key +key_ll kll kH T{ +.ad l +lower-left key (home down) T} -key_f23 kf23 FD T{ -F23 function key +key_npage knp kN T{ +.ad l +next-page key T} -key_f24 kf24 FE T{ -F24 function key +key_ppage kpp kP T{ +.ad l +previous-page key T} -key_f25 kf25 FF T{ -F25 function key +key_right kcuf1 kr T{ +.ad l +right-arrow key T} -key_f26 kf26 FG T{ -F26 function key +key_sf kind kF T{ +.ad l +scroll-forward key T} -key_f27 kf27 FH T{ -F27 function key +key_sr kri kR T{ +.ad l +scroll-backward key T} -key_f28 kf28 FI T{ -F28 function key +key_stab khts kT T{ +.ad l +set-tab key T} -key_f29 kf29 FJ T{ -F29 function key +key_up kcuu1 ku T{ +.ad l +up-arrow key T} -key_f3 kf3 k3 T{ -F3 function key +keypad_local rmkx ke T{ +.ad l +leave keyboard transmit mode T} -key_f30 kf30 FK T{ -F30 function key +keypad_xmit smkx ks T{ +.ad l +enter keyboard transmit mode T} -key_f31 kf31 FL T{ -F31 function key +lab_f0 lf0 l0 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f0 if not f0 T} -key_f32 kf32 FM T{ -F32 function key +lab_f1 lf1 l1 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f1 if not f1 T} -key_f33 kf33 FN T{ -F33 function key +lab_f10 lf10 la T{ +.ad l +label on function key f10 if not f10 T} -key_f34 kf34 FO T{ -F34 function key +lab_f2 lf2 l2 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f2 if not f2 T} -key_f35 kf35 FP T{ -F35 function key +lab_f3 lf3 l3 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f3 if not f3 T} -key_f36 kf36 FQ T{ -F36 function key +lab_f4 lf4 l4 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f4 if not f4 T} -key_f37 kf37 FR T{ -F37 function key +lab_f5 lf5 l5 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f5 if not f5 T} -key_f38 kf38 FS T{ -F38 function key +lab_f6 lf6 l6 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f6 if not f6 T} -key_f39 kf39 FT T{ -F39 function key +lab_f7 lf7 l7 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f7 if not f7 T} -key_f4 kf4 k4 T{ -F4 function key +lab_f8 lf8 l8 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f8 if not f8 T} -key_f40 kf40 FU T{ -F40 function key +lab_f9 lf9 l9 T{ +.ad l +label on function key f9 if not f9 T} -key_f41 kf41 FV T{ -F41 function key +meta_off rmm mo T{ +.ad l +turn off meta mode T} -key_f42 kf42 FW T{ -F42 function key +meta_on smm mm T{ +.ad l +turn on meta mode (8th-bit on) T} -key_f43 kf43 FX T{ -F43 function key +newline nel nw T{ +.ad l +newline (behave like cr followed by lf) T} -key_f44 kf44 FY T{ -F44 function key +pad_char pad pc T{ +.ad l +padding char (instead of null) T} -key_f45 kf45 FZ T{ -F45 function key +parm_dch dch DC T{ +.ad l +delete #1 characters (P*) T} -key_f46 kf46 Fa T{ -F46 function key +parm_delete_line dl DL T{ +.ad l +delete #1 lines (P*) T} -key_f47 kf47 Fb T{ -F47 function key +parm_down_cursor cud DO T{ +.ad l +down #1 lines (P*) T} -key_f48 kf48 Fc T{ -F48 function key +parm_ich ich IC T{ +.ad l +insert #1 characters (P*) T} -key_f49 kf49 Fd T{ -F49 function key +parm_index indn SF T{ +.ad l +scroll forward #1 lines (P) T} -key_f5 kf5 k5 T{ -F5 function key +parm_insert_line il AL T{ +.ad l +insert #1 lines (P*) T} -key_f50 kf50 Fe T{ -F50 function key +parm_left_cursor cub LE T{ +.ad l +move #1 characters to the left (P) T} -key_f51 kf51 Ff T{ -F51 function key +parm_right_cursor cuf RI T{ +.ad l +move #1 characters to the right (P*) T} -key_f52 kf52 Fg T{ -F52 function key +parm_rindex rin SR T{ +.ad l +scroll back #1 lines (P) T} -key_f53 kf53 Fh T{ -F53 function key +parm_up_cursor cuu UP T{ +.ad l +up #1 lines (P*) T} -key_f54 kf54 Fi T{ -F54 function key +pkey_key pfkey pk T{ +.ad l +program function key #1 to type string #2 T} -key_f55 kf55 Fj T{ -F55 function key +pkey_local pfloc pl T{ +.ad l +program function key #1 to execute string #2 T} -key_f56 kf56 Fk T{ -F56 function key +pkey_xmit pfx px T{ +.ad l +program function key #1 to transmit string #2 T} -key_f57 kf57 Fl T{ -F57 function key +print_screen mc0 ps T{ +.ad l +print contents of screen T} -key_f58 kf58 Fm T{ -F58 function key +prtr_off mc4 pf T{ +.ad l +turn off printer T} -key_f59 kf59 Fn T{ -F59 function key +prtr_on mc5 po T{ +.ad l +turn on printer T} -key_f6 kf6 k6 T{ -F6 function key +repeat_char rep rp T{ +.ad l +repeat char #1 #2 times (P*) T} -key_f60 kf60 Fo T{ -F60 function key +reset_1string rs1 r1 T{ +.ad l +reset string T} -key_f61 kf61 Fp T{ -F61 function key +reset_2string rs2 r2 T{ +.ad l +reset string T} -key_f62 kf62 Fq T{ -F62 function key +.TE +.TS +center; +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +reset_3string rs3 r3 T{ +.ad l +reset string T} -key_f63 kf63 Fr T{ -F63 function key +reset_file rf rf T{ +.ad l +name of reset file T} -key_f7 kf7 k7 T{ -F7 function key +restore_cursor rc rc T{ +.ad l +restore cursor to position of last save_cursor T} -key_f8 kf8 k8 T{ -F8 function key +row_address vpa cv T{ +.ad l +vertical position #1 absolute (P) T} -key_f9 kf9 k9 T{ -F9 function key +save_cursor sc sc T{ +.ad l +save current cursor position (P) T} -key_find kfnd @0 T{ -find key +scroll_forward ind sf T{ +.ad l +scroll text up (P) T} -key_help khlp %1 T{ -help key +scroll_reverse ri sr T{ +.ad l +scroll text down (P) T} -key_home khome kh T{ -home key +set_attributes sgr sa T{ +.ad l +define video attributes #1-#9 (PG9) T} -key_ic kich1 kI T{ -insert-character key +set_tab hts st T{ +.ad l +set a tab in every row, current columns T} -key_il kil1 kA T{ -insert-line key +set_window wind wi T{ +.ad l +current window is lines #1-#2 cols #3-#4 T} -key_left kcub1 kl T{ -left-arrow key +tab ht ta T{ +.ad l +tab to next 8-space hardware tab stop T} -key_ll kll kH T{ -lower-left key (home down) +to_status_line tsl ts T{ +.ad l +move to status line, column #1 +T} +underline_char uc uc T{ +.ad l +underline char and move past it +T} +up_half_line hu hu T{ +.ad l +half a line up +T} +init_prog iprog iP T{ +.ad l +path name of program for initialization +T} +key_a1 ka1 K1 T{ +.ad l +upper left of keypad +T} +key_a3 ka3 K3 T{ +.ad l +upper right of keypad +T} +key_b2 kb2 K2 T{ +.ad l +center of keypad +T} +key_c1 kc1 K4 T{ +.ad l +lower left of keypad +T} +key_c3 kc3 K5 T{ +.ad l +lower right of keypad +T} +prtr_non mc5p pO T{ +.ad l +turn on printer for #1 bytes +T} +char_padding rmp rP T{ +.ad l +like ip but when in insert mode +T} +acs_chars acsc ac T{ +.ad l +graphics charset pairs, based on vt100 +T} +plab_norm pln pn T{ +.ad l +program label #1 to show string #2 +T} +key_btab kcbt kB T{ +.ad l +back-tab key +T} +enter_xon_mode smxon SX T{ +.ad l +turn on xon/xoff handshaking +T} +exit_xon_mode rmxon RX T{ +.ad l +turn off xon/xoff handshaking +T} +enter_am_mode smam SA T{ +.ad l +turn on automatic margins +T} +exit_am_mode rmam RA T{ +.ad l +turn off automatic margins +T} +xon_character xonc XN T{ +.ad l +XON character +T} +xoff_character xoffc XF T{ +.ad l +XOFF character +T} +ena_acs enacs eA T{ +.ad l +enable alternate char set +T} +label_on smln LO T{ +.ad l +turn on soft labels +T} +label_off rmln LF T{ +.ad l +turn off soft labels +T} +key_beg kbeg @1 T{ +.ad l +begin key +T} +key_cancel kcan @2 T{ +.ad l +cancel key +T} +key_close kclo @3 T{ +.ad l +close key +T} +key_command kcmd @4 T{ +.ad l +command key +T} +key_copy kcpy @5 T{ +.ad l +copy key +T} +key_create kcrt @6 T{ +.ad l +create key +T} +key_end kend @7 T{ +.ad l +end key +T} +key_enter kent @8 T{ +.ad l +enter/send key +T} +key_exit kext @9 T{ +.ad l +exit key +T} +key_find kfnd @0 T{ +.ad l +find key +T} +key_help khlp %1 T{ +.ad l +help key T} key_mark kmrk %2 T{ +.ad l mark key T} key_message kmsg %3 T{ +.ad l message key T} key_move kmov %4 T{ +.ad l move key T} key_next knxt %5 T{ +.ad l next key T} -key_npage knp kN T{ -next-page key -T} key_open kopn %6 T{ +.ad l open key T} key_options kopt %7 T{ +.ad l options key T} -key_ppage kpp kP T{ -previous-page key -T} key_previous kprv %8 T{ +.ad l previous key T} key_print kprt %9 T{ +.ad l print key T} key_redo krdo %0 T{ +.ad l redo key T} key_reference kref &1 T{ +.ad l reference key T} key_refresh krfr &2 T{ +.ad l refresh key T} key_replace krpl &3 T{ +.ad l replace key T} key_restart krst &4 T{ +.ad l restart key T} key_resume kres &5 T{ +.ad l resume key T} -key_right kcuf1 kr T{ -right-arrow key -T} key_save ksav &6 T{ +.ad l save key T} +key_suspend kspd &7 T{ +.ad l +suspend key +T} +key_undo kund &8 T{ +.ad l +undo key +T} +.TE +.TS +center; +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. key_sbeg kBEG &9 T{ +.ad l shifted begin key T} key_scancel kCAN &0 T{ +.ad l shifted cancel key T} key_scommand kCMD *1 T{ +.ad l shifted command key T} key_scopy kCPY *2 T{ +.ad l shifted copy key T} key_screate kCRT *3 T{ +.ad l shifted create key T} key_sdc kDC *4 T{ +.ad l shifted delete-character key T} key_sdl kDL *5 T{ +.ad l shifted delete-line key T} key_select kslt *6 T{ +.ad l select key T} key_send kEND *7 T{ +.ad l shifted end key T} key_seol kEOL *8 T{ +.ad l shifted clear-to-end-of-line key T} key_sexit kEXT *9 T{ +.ad l shifted exit key T} -key_sf kind kF T{ -scroll-forward key -T} key_sfind kFND *0 T{ +.ad l shifted find key T} key_shelp kHLP #1 T{ +.ad l shifted help key T} key_shome kHOM #2 T{ +.ad l shifted home key T} key_sic kIC #3 T{ +.ad l shifted insert-character key T} key_sleft kLFT #4 T{ +.ad l shifted left-arrow key T} key_smessage kMSG %a T{ +.ad l shifted message key T} key_smove kMOV %b T{ +.ad l shifted move key T} key_snext kNXT %c T{ +.ad l shifted next key T} key_soptions kOPT %d T{ +.ad l shifted options key T} key_sprevious kPRV %e T{ +.ad l shifted previous key T} key_sprint kPRT %f T{ +.ad l shifted print key T} -key_sr kri kR T{ -scroll-backward key -T} key_sredo kRDO %g T{ +.ad l shifted redo key T} key_sreplace kRPL %h T{ +.ad l shifted replace key T} key_sright kRIT %i T{ +.ad l shifted right-arrow key T} key_srsume kRES %j T{ +.ad l shifted resume key T} key_ssave kSAV !1 T{ +.ad l shifted save key T} key_ssuspend kSPD !2 T{ +.ad l shifted suspend key T} -key_stab khts kT T{ -set-tab key -T} key_sundo kUND !3 T{ +.ad l shifted undo key T} -key_suspend kspd &7 T{ -suspend key +req_for_input rfi RF T{ +.ad l +send next input char (for ptys) T} -key_undo kund &8 T{ -undo key +key_f11 kf11 F1 T{ +.ad l +F11 function key T} -key_up kcuu1 ku T{ -up-arrow key +key_f12 kf12 F2 T{ +.ad l +F12 function key T} -keypad_local rmkx ke T{ -leave 'keyboard_transmit' mode +key_f13 kf13 F3 T{ +.ad l +F13 function key T} -keypad_xmit smkx ks T{ -enter 'keyboard_transmit' mode +key_f14 kf14 F4 T{ +.ad l +F14 function key T} -lab_f0 lf0 l0 T{ -label on function key f0 if not f0 +key_f15 kf15 F5 T{ +.ad l +F15 function key T} -lab_f1 lf1 l1 T{ -label on function key f1 if not f1 +key_f16 kf16 F6 T{ +.ad l +F16 function key T} -lab_f10 lf10 la T{ -label on function key f10 if not f10 +key_f17 kf17 F7 T{ +.ad l +F17 function key T} -lab_f2 lf2 l2 T{ -label on function key f2 if not f2 +key_f18 kf18 F8 T{ +.ad l +F18 function key T} -lab_f3 lf3 l3 T{ -label on function key f3 if not f3 +key_f19 kf19 F9 T{ +.ad l +F19 function key T} -lab_f4 lf4 l4 T{ -label on function key f4 if not f4 +key_f20 kf20 FA T{ +.ad l +F20 function key T} -lab_f5 lf5 l5 T{ -label on function key f5 if not f5 +key_f21 kf21 FB T{ +.ad l +F21 function key T} -lab_f6 lf6 l6 T{ -label on function key f6 if not f6 +key_f22 kf22 FC T{ +.ad l +F22 function key T} -lab_f7 lf7 l7 T{ -label on function key f7 if not f7 +key_f23 kf23 FD T{ +.ad l +F23 function key T} -lab_f8 lf8 l8 T{ -label on function key f8 if not f8 +key_f24 kf24 FE T{ +.ad l +F24 function key T} -lab_f9 lf9 l9 T{ -label on function key f9 if not f9 +key_f25 kf25 FF T{ +.ad l +F25 function key T} -label_format fln Lf T{ -label format +key_f26 kf26 FG T{ +.ad l +F26 function key T} -label_off rmln LF T{ -turn off soft labels +key_f27 kf27 FH T{ +.ad l +F27 function key T} -label_on smln LO T{ -turn on soft labels +key_f28 kf28 FI T{ +.ad l +F28 function key T} -meta_off rmm mo T{ -turn off meta mode +key_f29 kf29 FJ T{ +.ad l +F29 function key T} -meta_on smm mm T{ -turn on meta mode (8th-bit on) +key_f30 kf30 FK T{ +.ad l +F30 function key T} -micro_column_address mhpa ZY T{ -Like column_address in micro mode +key_f31 kf31 FL T{ +.ad l +F31 function key T} -micro_down mcud1 ZZ T{ -Like cursor_down in micro mode +key_f32 kf32 FM T{ +.ad l +F32 function key T} -micro_left mcub1 Za T{ -Like cursor_left in micro mode +key_f33 kf33 FN T{ +.ad l +F33 function key T} -micro_right mcuf1 Zb T{ -Like cursor_right in micro mode +key_f34 kf34 FO T{ +.ad l +F34 function key T} -micro_row_address mvpa Zc T{ -Like row_address #1 in micro mode +key_f35 kf35 FP T{ +.ad l +F35 function key T} -micro_up mcuu1 Zd T{ -Like cursor_up in micro mode +key_f36 kf36 FQ T{ +.ad l +F36 function key T} -newline nel nw T{ -newline (behave like cr followed by lf) +key_f37 kf37 FR T{ +.ad l +F37 function key T} -order_of_pins porder Ze T{ -Match software bits to print-head pins +key_f38 kf38 FS T{ +.ad l +F38 function key T} -orig_colors oc oc T{ -Set all color pairs to the original ones +key_f39 kf39 FT T{ +.ad l +F39 function key T} -orig_pair op op T{ -Set default pair to its original value +key_f40 kf40 FU T{ +.ad l +F40 function key T} -pad_char pad pc T{ -padding char (instead of null) +key_f41 kf41 FV T{ +.ad l +F41 function key T} -parm_dch dch DC T{ -delete #1 characters (P*) +key_f42 kf42 FW T{ +.ad l +F42 function key T} -parm_delete_line dl DL T{ -delete #1 lines (P*) +.TE +.TS +center; +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +key_f43 kf43 FX T{ +.ad l +F43 function key T} -parm_down_cursor cud DO T{ -down #1 lines (P*) +key_f44 kf44 FY T{ +.ad l +F44 function key T} -parm_down_micro mcud Zf T{ -Like parm_down_cursor in micro mode +key_f45 kf45 FZ T{ +.ad l +F45 function key T} -parm_ich ich IC T{ -insert #1 characters (P*) +key_f46 kf46 Fa T{ +.ad l +F46 function key T} -parm_index indn SF T{ -scroll forward #1 lines (P) +key_f47 kf47 Fb T{ +.ad l +F47 function key T} -parm_insert_line il AL T{ -insert #1 lines (P*) +key_f48 kf48 Fc T{ +.ad l +F48 function key T} -parm_left_cursor cub LE T{ -move #1 characters to the left (P) +key_f49 kf49 Fd T{ +.ad l +F49 function key T} -parm_left_micro mcub Zg T{ -Like parm_left_cursor in micro mode +key_f50 kf50 Fe T{ +.ad l +F50 function key T} -parm_right_cursor cuf RI T{ -move #1 characters to the right (P*) +key_f51 kf51 Ff T{ +.ad l +F51 function key T} -parm_right_micro mcuf Zh T{ -Like parm_right_cursor in micro mode +key_f52 kf52 Fg T{ +.ad l +F52 function key T} -parm_rindex rin SR T{ -scroll back #1 lines (P) +key_f53 kf53 Fh T{ +.ad l +F53 function key T} -parm_up_cursor cuu UP T{ -up #1 lines (P*) +key_f54 kf54 Fi T{ +.ad l +F54 function key T} -parm_up_micro mcuu Zi T{ -Like parm_up_cursor in micro mode +key_f55 kf55 Fj T{ +.ad l +F55 function key T} -pkey_key pfkey pk T{ -program function key #1 to type string #2 +key_f56 kf56 Fk T{ +.ad l +F56 function key T} -pkey_local pfloc pl T{ -program function key #1 to execute string #2 +key_f57 kf57 Fl T{ +.ad l +F57 function key T} -pkey_xmit pfx px T{ -program function key #1 to transmit string #2 +key_f58 kf58 Fm T{ +.ad l +F58 function key T} -plab_norm pln pn T{ -program label #1 to show string #2 +key_f59 kf59 Fn T{ +.ad l +F59 function key T} -print_screen mc0 ps T{ -print contents of screen +key_f60 kf60 Fo T{ +.ad l +F60 function key T} -prtr_non mc5p pO T{ -turn on printer for #1 bytes +key_f61 kf61 Fp T{ +.ad l +F61 function key T} -prtr_off mc4 pf T{ -turn off printer +key_f62 kf62 Fq T{ +.ad l +F62 function key T} -prtr_on mc5 po T{ -turn on printer +key_f63 kf63 Fr T{ +.ad l +F63 function key T} -pulse pulse PU T{ -select pulse dialing +clr_bol el1 cb T{ +.ad l +Clear to beginning of line T} -quick_dial qdial QD T{ -dial number #1 without checking +clear_margins mgc MC T{ +.ad l +clear right and left soft margins +T} +set_left_margin smgl ML T{ +.ad l +set left soft margin at current column (not in BSD \fItermcap\fP) +T} +set_right_margin smgr MR T{ +.ad l +set right soft margin at current column +T} +label_format fln Lf T{ +.ad l +label format +T} +set_clock sclk SC T{ +.ad l +set clock, #1 hrs #2 mins #3 secs +T} +display_clock dclk DK T{ +.ad l +display clock T} remove_clock rmclk RC T{ +.ad l remove clock T} -repeat_char rep rp T{ -repeat char #1 #2 times (P*) +create_window cwin CW T{ +.ad l +define a window #1 from #2,#3 to #4,#5 T} -req_for_input rfi RF T{ -send next input char (for ptys) +goto_window wingo WG T{ +.ad l +go to window #1 T} -reset_1string rs1 r1 T{ -reset string +hangup hup HU T{ +.ad l +hang-up phone T} -reset_2string rs2 r2 T{ -reset string +dial_phone dial DI T{ +.ad l +dial number #1 T} -reset_3string rs3 r3 T{ -reset string +quick_dial qdial QD T{ +.ad l +dial number #1 without checking T} -reset_file rf rf T{ -name of reset file +tone tone TO T{ +.ad l +select touch tone dialing T} -restore_cursor rc rc T{ -restore cursor to position of last save_cursor +pulse pulse PU T{ +.ad l +select pulse dialing T} -row_address vpa cv T{ -vertical position #1 absolute (P) +flash_hook hook fh T{ +.ad l +flash switch hook T} -save_cursor sc sc T{ -save current cursor position (P) +fixed_pause pause PA T{ +.ad l +pause for 2-3 seconds T} -scroll_forward ind sf T{ -scroll text up (P) +wait_tone wait WA T{ +.ad l +wait for dial-tone T} -scroll_reverse ri sr T{ -scroll text down (P) +user0 u0 u0 T{ +.ad l +User string #0 T} -select_char_set scs Zj T{ -Select character set, #1 +user1 u1 u1 T{ +.ad l +User string #1 T} -set_attributes sgr sa T{ -define video attributes #1-#9 (PG9) +user2 u2 u2 T{ +.ad l +User string #2 T} -set_background setb Sb T{ -Set background color #1 +user3 u3 u3 T{ +.ad l +User string #3 T} -set_bottom_margin smgb Zk T{ -Set bottom margin at current line +user4 u4 u4 T{ +.ad l +User string #4 T} -set_bottom_margin_parm smgbp Zl T{ -Set bottom margin at line #1 or (if smgtp is not given) #2 lines from bottom +user5 u5 u5 T{ +.ad l +User string #5 T} -set_clock sclk SC T{ -set clock, #1 hrs #2 mins #3 secs +user6 u6 u6 T{ +.ad l +User string #6 +T} +user7 u7 u7 T{ +.ad l +User string #7 +T} +user8 u8 u8 T{ +.ad l +User string #8 +T} +user9 u9 u9 T{ +.ad l +User string #9 +T} +orig_pair op op T{ +.ad l +Set default pair to its original value +T} +orig_colors oc oc T{ +.ad l +Set all color pairs to the original ones +T} +initialize_color initc Ic T{ +.ad l +initialize color #1 to (#2,#3,#4) +T} +initialize_pair initp Ip T{ +.ad l +Initialize color pair #1 to fg=(#2,#3,#4), bg=(#5,#6,#7) T} set_color_pair scp sp T{ +.ad l Set current color pair to #1 T} set_foreground setf Sf T{ +.ad l Set foreground color #1 T} -set_left_margin smgl ML T{ -set left soft margin at current column. (ML is not in BSD termcap). +set_background setb Sb T{ +.ad l +Set background color #1 T} -set_left_margin_parm smglp Zm T{ -Set left (right) margin at column #1 +change_char_pitch cpi ZA T{ +.ad l +Change number of characters per inch to #1 T} -set_right_margin smgr MR T{ -set right soft margin at current column +change_line_pitch lpi ZB T{ +.ad l +Change number of lines per inch to #1 T} -set_right_margin_parm smgrp Zn T{ -Set right margin at column #1 +change_res_horz chr ZC T{ +.ad l +Change horizontal resolution to #1 T} -set_tab hts st T{ -set a tab in every row, current columns +change_res_vert cvr ZD T{ +.ad l +Change vertical resolution to #1 T} -set_top_margin smgt Zo T{ -Set top margin at current line +define_char defc ZE T{ +.ad l +Define a character #1, #2 dots wide, descender #3 T} -set_top_margin_parm smgtp Zp T{ -Set top (bottom) margin at row #1 +enter_doublewide_mode swidm ZF T{ +.ad l +Enter double-wide mode T} -set_window wind wi T{ -current window is lines #1-#2 cols #3-#4 +.TE +.TS +center; +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +enter_draft_quality sdrfq ZG T{ +.ad l +Enter draft-quality mode T} -start_bit_image sbim Zq T{ -Start printing bit image graphics +enter_italics_mode sitm ZH T{ +.ad l +Enter italic mode T} -start_char_set_def scsd Zr T{ -Start character set definition #1, with #2 characters in the set +enter_leftward_mode slm ZI T{ +.ad l +Start leftward carriage motion T} -stop_bit_image rbim Zs T{ -Stop printing bit image graphics +enter_micro_mode smicm ZJ T{ +.ad l +Start micro-motion mode T} -stop_char_set_def rcsd Zt T{ -End definition of character set #1 +enter_near_letter_quality snlq ZK T{ +.ad l +Enter NLQ mode T} -subscript_characters subcs Zu T{ -List of subscriptable characters +enter_normal_quality snrmq ZL T{ +.ad l +Enter normal-quality mode T} -superscript_characters supcs Zv T{ -List of superscriptable characters +enter_shadow_mode sshm ZM T{ +.ad l +Enter shadow-print mode T} -tab ht ta T{ -tab to next 8-space hardware tab stop +enter_subscript_mode ssubm ZN T{ +.ad l +Enter subscript mode T} -these_cause_cr docr Zw T{ -Printing any of these characters causes CR +enter_superscript_mode ssupm ZO T{ +.ad l +Enter superscript mode T} -to_status_line tsl ts T{ -move to status line, column #1 +enter_upward_mode sum ZP T{ +.ad l +Start upward carriage motion T} -tone tone TO T{ -select touch tone dialing +exit_doublewide_mode rwidm ZQ T{ +.ad l +End double-wide mode T} -underline_char uc uc T{ -underline char and move past it +exit_italics_mode ritm ZR T{ +.ad l +End italic mode T} -up_half_line hu hu T{ -half a line up +exit_leftward_mode rlm ZS T{ +.ad l +End left-motion mode T} -user0 u0 u0 T{ -User string #0 +exit_micro_mode rmicm ZT T{ +.ad l +End micro-motion mode T} -user1 u1 u1 T{ -User string #1 +exit_shadow_mode rshm ZU T{ +.ad l +End shadow-print mode T} -user2 u2 u2 T{ -User string #2 +exit_subscript_mode rsubm ZV T{ +.ad l +End subscript mode T} -user3 u3 u3 T{ -User string #3 +exit_superscript_mode rsupm ZW T{ +.ad l +End superscript mode T} -user4 u4 u4 T{ -User string #4 +exit_upward_mode rum ZX T{ +.ad l +End reverse character motion T} -user5 u5 u5 T{ -User string #5 +micro_column_address mhpa ZY T{ +.ad l +Like column_address in micro mode T} -user6 u6 u6 T{ -User string #6 +micro_down mcud1 ZZ T{ +.ad l +Like cursor_down in micro mode T} -user7 u7 u7 T{ -User string #7 +micro_left mcub1 Za T{ +.ad l +Like cursor_left in micro mode T} -user8 u8 u8 T{ -User string #8 +micro_right mcuf1 Zb T{ +.ad l +Like cursor_right in micro mode T} -user9 u9 u9 T{ -User string #9 +micro_row_address mvpa Zc T{ +.ad l +Like row_address #1 in micro mode T} -wait_tone wait WA T{ -wait for dial-tone +micro_up mcuu1 Zd T{ +.ad l +Like cursor_up in micro mode T} -xoff_character xoffc XF T{ -XOFF character +order_of_pins porder Ze T{ +.ad l +Match software bits to print-head pins T} -xon_character xonc XN T{ -XON character +parm_down_micro mcud Zf T{ +.ad l +Like parm_down_cursor in micro mode T} -zero_motion zerom Zx T{ -No motion for subsequent character +parm_left_micro mcub Zg T{ +.ad l +Like parm_left_cursor in micro mode T} -.TE -.ad - -The following string capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure, -but were originally not documented in the man page. - -.na -.TS H -center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw18. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBString name Code\fR -alt_scancode_esc scesa S8 T{ -Alternate escape for scancode emulation +parm_right_micro mcuf Zh T{ +.ad l +Like parm_right_cursor in micro mode T} -bit_image_carriage_return bicr Yv T{ -Move to beginning of same row +parm_up_micro mcuu Zi T{ +.ad l +Like parm_up_cursor in micro mode T} -bit_image_newline binel Zz T{ -Move to next row of the bit image +select_char_set scs Zj T{ +.ad l +Select character set, #1 T} -bit_image_repeat birep Xy T{ -Repeat bit image cell #1 #2 times +set_bottom_margin smgb Zk T{ +.ad l +Set bottom margin at current line T} -char_set_names csnm Zy T{ -Produce #1'th item from list of character set names +set_bottom_margin_parm smgbp Zl T{ +.ad l +Set bottom margin at line #1 or (if smgtp is not given) #2 lines from bottom T} -code_set_init csin ci T{ -Init sequence for multiple codesets +set_left_margin_parm smglp Zm T{ +.ad l +Set left (right) margin at column #1 T} -color_names colornm Yw T{ -Give name for color #1 +set_right_margin_parm smgrp Zn T{ +.ad l +Set right margin at column #1 T} -define_bit_image_region defbi Yx T{ -Define rectangular bit image region +set_top_margin smgt Zo T{ +.ad l +Set top margin at current line T} -device_type devt dv T{ -Indicate language/codeset support +set_top_margin_parm smgtp Zp T{ +.ad l +Set top (bottom) margin at row #1 T} -display_pc_char dispc S1 T{ -Display PC character #1 +start_bit_image sbim Zq T{ +.ad l +Start printing bit image graphics T} -end_bit_image_region endbi Yy T{ -End a bit-image region +start_char_set_def scsd Zr T{ +.ad l +Start character set definition #1, with #2 characters in the set T} -enter_pc_charset_mode smpch S2 T{ -Enter PC character display mode +stop_bit_image rbim Zs T{ +.ad l +Stop printing bit image graphics T} -enter_scancode_mode smsc S4 T{ -Enter PC scancode mode +stop_char_set_def rcsd Zt T{ +.ad l +End definition of character set #1 T} -exit_pc_charset_mode rmpch S3 T{ -Exit PC character display mode +subscript_characters subcs Zu T{ +.ad l +List of subscriptable characters T} -exit_scancode_mode rmsc S5 T{ -Exit PC scancode mode +superscript_characters supcs Zv T{ +.ad l +List of superscriptable characters T} -get_mouse getm Gm T{ -Curses should get button events, parameter #1 not documented. +these_cause_cr docr Zw T{ +.ad l +Printing any of these characters causes CR +T} +zero_motion zerom Zx T{ +.ad l +No motion for subsequent character +T} +.TE +.PP +. +The following string capabilities are present in the SVr4.0 term structure, +but were originally not documented in the man page. +. +.PP +.TS +center; +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +String Capability Name TI TC Description +_ +char_set_names csnm Zy T{ +.ad l +Produce #1'th item from list of character set names T} key_mouse kmous Km T{ +.ad l Mouse event has occurred T} mouse_info minfo Mi T{ +.ad l Mouse status information T} -pc_term_options pctrm S6 T{ -PC terminal options +req_mouse_pos reqmp RQ T{ +.ad l +Request mouse position +T} +get_mouse getm Gm T{ +.ad l +Curses should get button events, parameter #1 not documented. +T} +set_a_foreground setaf AF T{ +.ad l +Set foreground color to #1, using ANSI escape +T} +set_a_background setab AB T{ +.ad l +Set background color to #1, using ANSI escape T} pkey_plab pfxl xl T{ +.ad l Program function key #1 to type string #2 and show string #3 T} -req_mouse_pos reqmp RQ T{ -Request mouse position +device_type devt dv T{ +.ad l +Indicate language, codeset support T} -scancode_escape scesc S7 T{ -Escape for scancode emulation +code_set_init csin ci T{ +.ad l +Init sequence for multiple codesets T} set0_des_seq s0ds s0 T{ +.ad l Shift to codeset 0 (EUC set 0, ASCII) T} set1_des_seq s1ds s1 T{ +.ad l Shift to codeset 1 T} set2_des_seq s2ds s2 T{ +.ad l Shift to codeset 2 T} set3_des_seq s3ds s3 T{ +.ad l Shift to codeset 3 T} -set_a_background setab AB T{ -Set background color to #1, using ANSI escape +set_lr_margin smglr ML T{ +.ad l +Set both left and right margins to #1, #2. (ML is not in BSD termcap). T} -set_a_foreground setaf AF T{ -Set foreground color to #1, using ANSI escape +set_tb_margin smgtb MT T{ +.ad l +Sets both top and bottom margins to #1, #2 +T} +bit_image_repeat birep Xy T{ +.ad l +Repeat bit image cell #1 #2 times +T} +bit_image_newline binel Zz T{ +.ad l +Move to next row of the bit image +T} +bit_image_carriage_return bicr Yv T{ +.ad l +Move to beginning of same row +T} +color_names colornm Yw T{ +.ad l +Give name for color #1 +T} +define_bit_image_region defbi Yx T{ +.ad l +Define rectangular bit image region +T} +end_bit_image_region endbi Yy T{ +.ad l +End a bit-image region T} set_color_band setcolor Yz T{ +.ad l Change to ribbon color #1 T} -set_lr_margin smglr ML T{ -Set both left and right margins to #1, #2. (ML is not in BSD termcap). -T} set_page_length slines YZ T{ +.ad l Set page length to #1 lines T} -set_tb_margin smgtb MT T{ -Sets both top and bottom margins to #1, #2 +display_pc_char dispc S1 T{ +.ad l +Display PC character #1 +T} +enter_pc_charset_mode smpch S2 T{ +.ad l +Enter PC character display mode +T} +exit_pc_charset_mode rmpch S3 T{ +.ad l +Exit PC character display mode +T} +enter_scancode_mode smsc S4 T{ +.ad l +Enter PC scancode mode +T} +exit_scancode_mode rmsc S5 T{ +.ad l +Exit PC scancode mode +T} +pc_term_options pctrm S6 T{ +.ad l +PC terminal options +T} +scancode_escape scesc S7 T{ +.ad l +Escape for scancode emulation +T} +alt_scancode_esc scesa S8 T{ +.ad l +Alternate escape for scancode emulation T} .TE -.ad - -.in .8i +.PP +. The XSI Curses standard added these hardcopy capabilities. They were used in some post-4.1 versions of System V curses, e.g., Solaris 2.5 and IRIX 6.x. @@ -1723,43 +2215,51 @@ According to the XSI Curses standard, they have no termcap names. If your compiled terminfo entries use these, they may not be binary-compatible with System V terminfo entries after SVr4.1; beware! - -.na -.TS H +. +.PP +.TS center; -c l l c -c l l c -lw25 lw7 lw2 lw20. -\fBVariable Cap- TCap Description\fR -\fBString name Code\fR +Lb Cb S Lb +Lb Lb Lb Lb +Lbw(25n)2 Lbw(8n)2 Lb2 Lx. +\& Code \& +String Capability Name TI TC Description +_ enter_horizontal_hl_mode ehhlm Xh T{ +.ad l Enter horizontal highlight mode T} enter_left_hl_mode elhlm Xl T{ +.ad l Enter left highlight mode T} enter_low_hl_mode elohlm Xo T{ +.ad l Enter low highlight mode T} enter_right_hl_mode erhlm Xr T{ +.ad l Enter right highlight mode T} enter_top_hl_mode ethlm Xt T{ +.ad l Enter top highlight mode T} enter_vertical_hl_mode evhlm Xv T{ +.ad l Enter vertical highlight mode T} set_a_attributes sgr1 sA T{ +.ad l Define second set of video attributes #1-#6 T} set_pglen_inch slength YI T{ +.ad l Set page length to #1 hundredth of an inch (some implementations use sL for termcap). T} .TE -.ad .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -1787,9 +2287,9 @@ T} .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.113 2022/12/10 19:51:10 tom Exp $ +.\" $Id: terminfo.tail,v 1.148 2024/04/20 21:24:19 tom Exp $ .ps +1 -.SS User-Defined Capabilities +.SS "User-Defined Capabilities" . The preceding section listed the \fIpredefined\fP capabilities. They deal with some special features for terminals no longer @@ -1798,24 +2298,25 @@ Occasionally there are special features of newer terminals which are awkward or impossible to represent by reusing the predefined capabilities. .PP -\fBncurses\fP addresses this limitation by allowing user-defined capabilities. +\fI\%ncurses\fP addresses this limitation by allowing user-defined +capabilities. The \fBtic\fP and \fBinfocmp\fP programs provide the \fB\-x\fP option for this purpose. When \fB\-x\fP is set, \fBtic\fP treats unknown capabilities as user-defined. That is, if \fBtic\fP encounters a capability name which it does not recognize, -it infers its type (boolean, number or string) from the syntax +it infers its type (Boolean, number or string) from the syntax and makes an extended table entry for that capability. The \fBuse_extended_names\fP(3X) function makes this information conditionally available to applications. -The ncurses library provides the data leaving most of the behavior -to applications: +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library provides the data leaving most of the +behavior to applications: .bP User-defined capability strings whose name begins with \*(``k\*('' are treated as function keys. .bP -The types (boolean, number, string) determined by \fBtic\fP +The types (Boolean, number, string) determined by \fBtic\fP can be inferred by successful calls on \fBtigetflag\fP, etc. .bP If the capability name happens to be two characters, @@ -1827,51 +2328,56 @@ in practice it has been limited to the capabilities defined by terminfo implementations. As a rule, user-defined capabilities intended for use by termcap applications should -be limited to booleans and numbers to avoid running past the 1023 byte +be limited to Booleans and numbers to avoid running past the 1023 byte limit assumed by termcap implementations and their applications. In particular, providing extended sets of function keys (past the 60 numbered keys and the handful of special named keys) is best done using the longer names available using terminfo. +.PP +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library uses a few of these user-defined +capabilities, +as described in \fBuser_caps\fR(5). +Other user-defined capabilities (including function keys) are +described in the terminal database, in the section on +.I "NCURSES USER-DEFINABLE CAPABILITIES" . -.SS A Sample Entry +.SS "A Sample Entry" . The following entry, describing an ANSI-standard terminal, is representative of what a \fBterminfo\fP entry for a modern terminal typically looks like. .PP -.nf -.ft CW -\s-2ansi|ansi/pc-term compatible with color, +.EX +\s-2ansi|ansi/pc\-term compatible with color, am, mc5i, mir, msgr, colors#8, cols#80, it#8, lines#24, ncv#3, pairs#64, - acsc=+\\020\\,\\021-\\030.^Y0\\333`\\004a\\261f\\370g\\361h\\260 - j\\331k\\277l\\332m\\300n\\305o~p\\304q\\304r\\304s_t\\303 - u\\264v\\301w\\302x\\263y\\363z\\362{\\343|\\330}\\234~\\376, - bel=^G, blink=\\E[5m, bold=\\E[1m, cbt=\\E[Z, clear=\\E[H\\E[J, - cr=^M, cub=\\E[%p1%dD, cub1=\\E[D, cud=\\E[%p1%dB, cud1=\\E[B, - cuf=\\E[%p1%dC, cuf1=\\E[C, cup=\\E[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, - cuu=\\E[%p1%dA, cuu1=\\E[A, dch=\\E[%p1%dP, dch1=\\E[P, - dl=\\E[%p1%dM, dl1=\\E[M, ech=\\E[%p1%dX, ed=\\E[J, el=\\E[K, - el1=\\E[1K, home=\\E[H, hpa=\\E[%i%p1%dG, ht=\\E[I, hts=\\EH, - ich=\\E[%p1%d@, il=\\E[%p1%dL, il1=\\E[L, ind=^J, - indn=\\E[%p1%dS, invis=\\E[8m, kbs=^H, kcbt=\\E[Z, kcub1=\\E[D, - kcud1=\\E[B, kcuf1=\\E[C, kcuu1=\\E[A, khome=\\E[H, kich1=\\E[L, - mc4=\\E[4i, mc5=\\E[5i, nel=\\r\\E[S, op=\\E[39;49m, - rep=%p1%c\\E[%p2%{1}%-%db, rev=\\E[7m, rin=\\E[%p1%dT, - rmacs=\\E[10m, rmpch=\\E[10m, rmso=\\E[m, rmul=\\E[m, - s0ds=\\E(B, s1ds=\\E)B, s2ds=\\E*B, s3ds=\\E+B, - setab=\\E[4%p1%dm, setaf=\\E[3%p1%dm, - sgr=\\E[0;10%?%p1%t;7%; + acsc=+\e020\e,\e021\-\e030.\*^Y0\e333\(ga\e004a\e261f\e370g\e361h\e260 + j\e331k\e277l\e332m\e300n\e305o\*~p\e304q\e304r\e304s_t\e303 + u\e264v\e301w\e302x\e263y\e363z\e362{\e343|\e330}\e234\*~\e376, + bel=\*^G, blink=\eE[5m, bold=\eE[1m, cbt=\eE[Z, clear=\eE[H\eE[J, + cr=\*^M, cub=\eE[%p1%dD, cub1=\eE[D, cud=\eE[%p1%dB, cud1=\eE[B, + cuf=\eE[%p1%dC, cuf1=\eE[C, cup=\eE[%i%p1%d;%p2%dH, + cuu=\eE[%p1%dA, cuu1=\eE[A, dch=\eE[%p1%dP, dch1=\eE[P, + dl=\eE[%p1%dM, dl1=\eE[M, ech=\eE[%p1%dX, ed=\eE[J, el=\eE[K, + el1=\eE[1K, home=\eE[H, hpa=\eE[%i%p1%dG, ht=\eE[I, hts=\eEH, + ich=\eE[%p1%d@, il=\eE[%p1%dL, il1=\eE[L, ind=\*^J, + indn=\eE[%p1%dS, invis=\eE[8m, kbs=\*^H, kcbt=\eE[Z, kcub1=\eE[D, + kcud1=\eE[B, kcuf1=\eE[C, kcuu1=\eE[A, khome=\eE[H, kich1=\eE[L, + mc4=\eE[4i, mc5=\eE[5i, nel=\er\eE[S, op=\eE[39;49m, + rep=%p1%c\eE[%p2%{1}%\-%db, rev=\eE[7m, rin=\eE[%p1%dT, + rmacs=\eE[10m, rmpch=\eE[10m, rmso=\eE[m, rmul=\eE[m, + s0ds=\eE(B, s1ds=\eE)B, s2ds=\eE*B, s3ds=\eE+B, + setab=\eE[4%p1%dm, setaf=\eE[3%p1%dm, + sgr=\eE[0;10%?%p1%t;7%; %?%p2%t;4%; %?%p3%t;7%; %?%p4%t;5%; %?%p6%t;1%; %?%p7%t;8%; %?%p9%t;11%;m, - sgr0=\\E[0;10m, smacs=\\E[11m, smpch=\\E[11m, smso=\\E[7m, - smul=\\E[4m, tbc=\\E[3g, u6=\\E[%i%d;%dR, u7=\\E[6n, - u8=\\E[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\\E[c, vpa=\\E[%i%p1%dd, -.fi -.ft R + sgr0=\eE[0;10m, smacs=\eE[11m, smpch=\eE[11m, smso=\eE[7m, + smul=\eE[4m, tbc=\eE[3g, u6=\eE[%i%d;%dR, u7=\eE[6n, + u8=\eE[?%[;0123456789]c, u9=\eE[c, vpa=\eE[%i%p1%dd, +.EE .PP Entries may continue onto multiple lines by placing white space at the beginning of each line except the first. @@ -1889,9 +2395,7 @@ or the size of particular delays, and string capabilities, which give a sequence which can be used to perform particular terminal operations. -.PP -.SS Types of Capabilities -.PP +.SS "Types of Capabilities" All capabilities have names. For instance, the fact that ANSI-standard terminals have @@ -1899,15 +2403,22 @@ ANSI-standard terminals have (i.e., an automatic return and line-feed when the end of a line is reached) is indicated by the capability \fBam\fP. Hence the description of ansi includes \fBam\fP. -Numeric capabilities are followed by the character \*(``#\*('' and then a positive value. +Numeric capabilities are followed by the character \*(``#\*('' +and then a positive value. Thus \fBcols\fP, which indicates the number of columns the terminal has, gives the value \*(``80\*('' for ansi. -Values for numeric capabilities may be specified in decimal, octal or hexadecimal, -using the C programming language conventions (e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF). -.PP -Finally, string valued capabilities, such as \fBel\fP (clear to end of line -sequence) are given by the two-character code, an \*(``=\*('', and then a string -ending at the next following \*(``,\*(''. +Values for numeric capabilities may be specified in +decimal, +octal, or +hexadecimal, +using the C programming language conventions +(e.g., 255, 0377 and 0xff or 0xFF). +.PP +Finally, string valued capabilities, +such as \fBel\fP (clear to end of line sequence) +are given by the two-character code, +an \*(``=\*('', and then +a string ending at the next following \*(``,\*(''. .PP A number of escape sequences are provided in the string valued capabilities for easy encoding of characters there: @@ -1915,7 +2426,8 @@ for easy encoding of characters there: Both \fB\eE\fP and \fB\ee\fP map to an \s-1ESCAPE\s0 character, .bP -\fB^x\fP maps to a control-x for any appropriate \fIx\fP, and +\fB\*^\f(BIx\fR maps to a control-\fIx\fP for any appropriate \fIx\fP, +and .bP the sequences .RS 6 @@ -1933,13 +2445,13 @@ respectively. .PP X/Open Curses does not say what \*(``appropriate \fIx\fP\*('' might be. In practice, that is a printable ASCII graphic character. -The special case \*(``^?\*('' is interpreted as DEL (127). +The special case \*(``\*^?\*('' is interpreted as DEL (127). In all other cases, the character value is AND'd with 0x1f, mapping to ASCII control codes in the range 0 through 31. .PP Other escapes include .bP -\fB\e^\fP for \fB^\fP, +\fB\e\*^\fP for \fB\*^\fP, .bP \fB\e\e\fP for \fB\e\fP, .bP @@ -1968,7 +2480,8 @@ and padding characters are supplied by \fBtputs\fP(3X) to provide this delay. .bP The delay must be a number with at most one decimal -place of precision; it may be followed by suffixes \*(``*\*('' or \*(``/\*('' or both. +place of precision; +it may be followed by suffixes \*(``*\*('' or \*(``/\*('' or both. .bP A \*(``*\*('' indicates that the padding required is proportional to the number of lines @@ -1992,41 +2505,68 @@ For example, see the second in the example above. .br .ne 5 -.PP -.SS Fetching Compiled Descriptions -.PP -The \fBncurses\fP library searches for terminal descriptions in several places. -It uses only the first description found. -The library has a compiled-in list of places to search +.SS "Fetching Compiled Descriptions" +Terminal descriptions in \fI\%ncurses\fP are stored in terminal +databases. +These databases, which are found by their pathname, +may be configured either as directory trees or hashed databases +(see \fBterm\fR(5)), +.PP +The library uses a compiled-in list of pathnames, which can be overridden by environment variables. Before starting to search, -\fBncurses\fP eliminates duplicates in its search list. +\fI\%ncurses\fP checks the search list, +eliminating duplicates and pathnames where no terminal database is found. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library reads the first description +which passes its consistency checks. .bP -If the environment variable TERMINFO is set, it is interpreted as the pathname -of a directory containing the compiled description you are working on. -Only that directory is searched. +The environment variable \fBTERMINFO\fR is checked first, for +a terminal database containing the terminal description. .bP -If TERMINFO is not set, -\fBncurses\fP will instead look in the directory \fB$HOME/.terminfo\fP +Next, +\fI\%ncurses\fP looks in \fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP for a compiled description. +.IP +This is an optional feature which may be omitted entirely from +the library, or limited to prevent accidental use by privileged applications. .bP -Next, if the environment variable TERMINFO_DIRS is set, -\fBncurses\fP will interpret the contents of that variable -as a list of colon-separated directories (or database files) to be searched. +Next, +if the environment variable \fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP is set, +\fI\%ncurses\fP interprets the contents of that variable +as a list of colon-separated pathnames of terminal databases to be searched. .IP -An empty directory name (i.e., if the variable begins or ends +An empty pathname (i.e., if the variable begins or ends with a colon, or contains adjacent colons) is interpreted as the system location \fI\*d\fP. .bP -Finally, \fBncurses\fP searches these compiled-in locations: +Finally, \fI\%ncurses\fP searches these compiled-in locations: .RS .bP -a list of directories (no default value), and +a list of directories (/usr/share/terminfo), and .bP -the system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fP (the compiled-in default). +the system terminfo directory, \fI\*d\fP .RE -.SS Preparing Descriptions .PP +The \fBTERMINFO\fP variable can contain a terminal description instead +of the pathname of a terminal database. +If this variable begins with \*(``hex:\*('' or \*(``b64:\*('' +then \fI\%ncurses\fP reads a terminal description from +hexadecimal- or base64-encoded data, +and if that description matches the name sought, will use that. +This encoded data can be set using the \*(``\-Q\*('' option of +\fBtic\fR or \fBinfocmp\fR. +.PP +The preceding addresses the usual configuration of \fI\%ncurses\fP, +which uses terminal descriptions prepared in \fIterminfo\fP format. +While \fItermcap\fP is less expressive, +\fI\%ncurses\fP can also be configured to read \fItermcap\fP +descriptions. +In that configuration, +it checks the \fI\%TERMCAP\fP and \fI\%TERMPATH\fP variables +(for content and search path, +respectively) +after the system terminal database. +.SS "Preparing Descriptions" We now outline how to prepare descriptions of terminals. The most effective way to prepare a terminal description is by imitating the description of a similar terminal in @@ -2047,9 +2587,7 @@ delete 16 or so lines from the middle of the screen, then hit the \*(``u\*('' key several times quickly. If the terminal messes up, more padding is usually needed. A similar test can be used for insert character. -.PP -.SS Basic Capabilities -.PP +.SS "Basic Capabilities" The number of columns on each line for the terminal is given by the \fBcols\fP numeric capability. If the terminal is a \s-1CRT\s0, then the @@ -2156,34 +2694,27 @@ it may still be possible to craft a working .B nel out of one or both of them. .PP -These capabilities suffice to describe hard-copy and \*(``glass-tty\*('' terminals. +These capabilities suffice to describe +hard-copy and \*(``glass-tty\*('' terminals. Thus the model 33 teletype is described as .PP -.DT -.nf -.ft CW +.EX .\".in -2 \s-133\||\|tty33\||\|tty\||\|model 33 teletype, - bel=^G, cols#72, cr=^M, cud1=^J, hc, ind=^J, os,\s+1 + bel=\*^G, cols#72, cr=\*^M, cud1=\*^J, hc, ind=\*^J, os,\s+1 .\".in +2 -.ft R -.fi +.EE .PP while the Lear Siegler \s-1ADM-3\s0 is described as .PP -.DT -.nf -.ft CW +.EX .\".in -2 \s-1adm3\||\|3\||\|lsi adm3, - am, bel=^G, clear=^Z, cols#80, cr=^M, cub1=^H, cud1=^J, - ind=^J, lines#24,\s+1 + am, bel=\*^G, clear=\*^Z, cols#80, cr=\*^M, cub1=\*^H, cud1=\*^J, + ind=\*^J, lines#24,\s+1 .\".in +2 -.ft R -.fi -.PP -.SS Parameterized Strings -.PP +.EE +.SS "Parameterized Strings" Cursor addressing and other strings requiring parameters in the terminal are described by a parameterized string capability, @@ -2208,35 +2739,34 @@ It is noted that more complex operations are often necessary, e.g., in the \fBsgr\fP string. .PP The \fB%\fP encodings have the following meanings: -.PP .TP 5 \fB%%\fP outputs \*(``%\*('' .TP -\fB%\fP\fI[[\fP:\fI]flags][width[.precision]][\fP\fBdoxXs\fP\fI]\fP +\fB%\fI[[\fR:\fI]flags][width[.precision]][\fBdoxXs\fI]\fR as in \fBprintf\fP(3), flags are \fI[\-+#]\fP and \fIspace\fP. Use a \*(``:\*('' to allow the next character to be a \*(``\-\*('' flag, avoiding interpreting \*(``%\-\*('' as an operator. .TP -\f(CW%c\fP +\fB%c\fP print \fIpop()\fP like %c in \fBprintf\fP .TP \fB%s\fP print \fIpop()\fP like %s in \fBprintf\fP .TP -\fB%p\fP\fI[1\-9]\fP +\fB%p\fI[1\-9]\fR push \fIi\fP'th parameter .TP -\fB%P\fP\fI[a\-z]\fP +\fB%P\fI[a\-z]\fR set dynamic variable \fI[a\-z]\fP to \fIpop()\fP .TP -\fB%g\fP\fI[a\-z]\fP +\fB%g\fI[a\-z]\fR get dynamic variable \fI[a\-z]\fP and push it .TP -\fB%P\fP\fI[A\-Z]\fP +\fB%P\fI[A\-Z]\fR set static variable \fI[a\-z]\fP to \fIpop()\fP .TP -\fB%g\fP\fI[A\-Z]\fP +\fB%g\fI[A\-Z]\fR get static variable \fI[a\-z]\fP and push it .IP The terms \*(``static\*('' and \*(``dynamic\*('' are misleading. @@ -2253,7 +2783,7 @@ will give unpredictable results, because dynamic variables are an uninitialized local array on the stack in the \fBtparm\fP function. .bP SVr3.2 curses supported \fIstatic\fP variables. -Those are an array in the \fBTERMINAL\fP +Those are an array in the \fI\%TERMINAL\fP structure (declared in \fBterm.h\fP), and are zeroed automatically when the \fBsetupterm\fP function allocates the data. @@ -2266,28 +2796,30 @@ Solaris XPG4 curses does not distinguish between \fIdynamic\fP and They are the same. Like SVr4 curses, XPG4 curses does not initialize these explicitly. .bP -Before version 6.3, ncurses stores both \fIdynamic\fP and \fIstatic\fP +Before version 6.3, +\fI\%ncurses\fP stores both \fIdynamic\fP and \fIstatic\fP variables in persistent storage, initialized to zeros. .bP -Beginning with version 6.3, ncurses stores \fIstatic\fP and \fIdynamic\fP +Beginning with version 6.3, +\fI\%ncurses\fP stores \fIstatic\fP and \fIdynamic\fP variables in the same manner as SVr4. .RS .bP -Unlike other implementations, ncurses zeros dynamic variables +Unlike other implementations, \fI\%ncurses\fP zeros dynamic variables before the first \fB%g\fP or \fB%P\fP operator. .bP Like SVr2, -the scope of dynamic variables in ncurses +the scope of dynamic variables in \fI\%ncurses\fP is within the current call to \fBtparm\fP. Use static variables if persistent storage is needed. .RE .RE .TP -\fB%\(aq\fP\fIc\fP\fB\(aq\fP +\fB%\*'\fIc\fB\*'\fR char constant \fIc\fP .TP -\fB%{\fP\fInn\fP\fB}\fP +\fB%{\fInn\fB}\fR integer constant \fInn\fP .TP \fB%l\fP @@ -2296,7 +2828,7 @@ push strlen(pop) \fB%+\fP, \fB%\-\fP, \fB%*\fP, \fB%/\fP, \fB%m\fP arithmetic (%m is \fImod\fP): \fIpush(pop() op pop())\fP .TP -\fB%&\fP, \fB%|\fP, \fB%^\fP +\fB%&\fP, \fB%|\fP, \fB%\*^\fP bit operations (AND, OR and exclusive-OR): \fIpush(pop() op pop())\fP .TP \fB%=\fP, \fB%>\fP, \fB%<\fP @@ -2305,7 +2837,7 @@ logical operations: \fIpush(pop() op pop())\fP \fB%A\fP, \fB%O\fP logical AND and OR operations (for conditionals) .TP -\fB%!\fP, \fB%~\fP +\fB%!\fP, \fB%\*~\fP unary operations (logical and bit complement): \fIpush(op pop())\fP .TP \fB%i\fP @@ -2338,33 +2870,40 @@ persistent across escape-string evaluations. .PP Consider the HP2645, which, to get to row 3 and column 12, needs to be sent \eE&a12c03Y padded for 6 milliseconds. -Note that the order -of the rows and columns is inverted here, and that the row and column -are printed as two digits. -Thus its \fBcup\fP capability is \*(``cup=6\eE&%p2%2dc%p1%2dY\*(''. +The order of the rows and columns is inverted here, +and the row and column are printed as two digits. +The corresponding terminal description is expressed thus: +.RS +cup=\eE&a%p2%dc%p1%dY$<6>, +.RE .PP The Microterm \s-1ACT-IV\s0 needs the current row and column sent -preceded by a \fB^T\fP, with the row and column simply encoded in binary, -\*(``cup=^T%p1%c%p2%c\*(''. +preceded by a \fB\*^T\fP, with the row and column simply encoded in binary, +.RS +cup=\*^T%p1%c%p2%c +.RE +.PP Terminals which use \*(``%c\*('' need to be able to backspace the cursor (\fBcub1\fP), and to move the cursor up one line on the screen (\fBcuu1\fP). This is necessary because it is not always safe to transmit \fB\en\fP -\fB^D\fP and \fB\er\fP, as the system may change or discard them. +\fB\*^D\fP and \fB\er\fP, as the system may change or discard them. (The library routines dealing with terminfo set tty modes so that tabs are never expanded, so \et is safe to send. This turns out to be essential for the Ann Arbor 4080.) .PP A final example is the \s-1LSI ADM\s0-3a, which uses row and column -offset by a blank character, thus \*(``cup=\eE=%p1%\(aq \(aq%+%c%p2%\(aq \(aq%+%c\*(''. +offset by a blank character, thus +.RS +cup=\eE=%p1%\*' \*'%+%c%p2%\*' \*'%+%c +.RE +.PP After sending \*(``\eE=\*('', this pushes the first parameter, pushes the ASCII value for a space (32), adds them (pushing the sum on the stack in place of the two previous values) and outputs that value as a character. Then the same is done for the second parameter. More complex arithmetic is possible using the stack. -.PP -.SS Cursor Motions -.PP +.SS "Cursor Motions" If the terminal has a fast way to home the cursor (to very upper left corner of screen) then this can be given as \fBhome\fP; similarly a fast way of getting to the lower left-hand corner @@ -2402,7 +2941,8 @@ such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025. .PP If the terminal needs to be in a special mode when running a program that uses these capabilities, -the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given as \fBsmcup\fP and \fBrmcup\fP. +the codes to enter and exit this mode can be given +as \fBsmcup\fP and \fBrmcup\fP. This arises, for example, from terminals like the Concept with more than one page of memory. If the terminal has only memory relative cursor addressing and not screen @@ -2415,7 +2955,6 @@ sets the command character to be the one used by terminfo. If the \fBsmcup\fP sequence will not restore the screen after an \fBrmcup\fP sequence is output (to the state prior to outputting \fBrmcup\fP), specify \fBnrrmc\fP. -.PP .SS Margins SVr4 (and X/Open Curses) list several string capabilities for setting margins. @@ -2436,7 +2975,6 @@ line position, and parameterized capabilities for setting the top, bottom, left, right margins given the number of rows or columns. .RE -.RE .PP In practice, the categorization into \*(``terminal\*('' and \*(``printer\*('' is not suitable: @@ -2463,12 +3001,13 @@ If either is omitted, the corresponding margin is set to the left or right edge of the display (rather than leaving the margin unmodified). .PP These are the margin-related capabilities: +.PP .TS center; -l l -_ _ -lw8 l. -\fBName Description\fP +lb lb +lb l . +Name Description +_ smgl Set left margin at current column smgr Set right margin at current column smgb Set bottom margin at current line @@ -2513,7 +3052,7 @@ When developing an application that uses \fBsmgbp\fP to set the bottom margin, both arguments must be given. .PP Conversely, when only one capability in the pair is set: -.bP +.bP If only one of \fBsmglp\fP and \fBsmgrp\fP is set, then it is used with two arguments, the column number of the left and right margins, in that order. @@ -2541,8 +3080,7 @@ When setting margins, the line- and column-values are zero-based. The \fBmgc\fP string capability should be defined. Applications such as \fBtabs\fP(1) rely upon this to reset all margins. .\" -.SS Area Clears -.PP +.SS "Area Clears" If the terminal can clear from the current position to the end of the line, leaving the cursor where it is, this should be given as \fBel\fP. If the terminal can clear from the beginning of the line to the current @@ -2555,10 +3093,8 @@ display, then this should be given as \fBed\fP. if a true .B ed is not available.) -.PP .\" -.SS Insert/delete line and vertical motions -.PP +.SS "Insert/Delete Line and Vertical Motions" If the terminal can open a new blank line before the line where the cursor is, this should be given as \fBil1\fP; this is done only from the first position of a line. @@ -2591,12 +3127,12 @@ and .B rc (save and restore cursor) commands may be useful for ensuring that your synthesized insert/delete string does not move the cursor. -(Note that the \fBncurses\fP(3X) library does this synthesis +(Note that the \fB\%ncurses\fP(3X) library does this synthesis automatically, so you need not compose insert/delete strings for an entry with \fBcsr\fP). .PP Yet another way to construct insert and delete might be to use a combination of -index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP\-700/90 +index with the memory-lock feature found on some terminals (like the HP-700/90 series, which however also has insert/delete). .PP Inserting lines at the top or bottom of the screen can also be @@ -2607,7 +3143,7 @@ or on many terminals without a true insert/delete line, and is often faster even on terminals with those features. .PP -The boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fP should be set if each scrolling +The Boolean \fBnon_dest_scroll_region\fP should be set if each scrolling window is effectively a view port on a screen-sized canvas. To test for this capability, create a scrolling region in the middle of the screen, @@ -2616,7 +3152,7 @@ and do \fBri\fP followed by \fBdl1\fP or \fBind\fP. If the data scrolled off the bottom of the region by the \fBri\fP re-appears, then scrolling is non-destructive. -System V and XSI Curses expect that \fBind\fP, \fBri\fP, +System V and X/Open Curses expect that \fBind\fP, \fBri\fP, \fBindn\fP, and \fBrin\fP will simulate destructive scrolling; their documentation cautions you not to define \fBcsr\fP unless this is true. This \fBcurses\fP implementation is more liberal and will do explicit erases @@ -2635,12 +3171,10 @@ below, then \fBdb\fP should be given. These indicate that deleting a line or scrolling may bring non-blank lines up from below or that scrolling back with \fBri\fP may bring down non-blank lines. -.PP -.SS Insert/Delete Character -.PP +.SS "Insert/Delete Character" There are two basic kinds of intelligent terminals with respect to insert/delete character which can be described using -.I terminfo. +.IR terminfo . The most common insert/delete character operations affect only the characters on the current line and shift characters off the end of the line rigidly. Other terminals, such as the Concept 100 and the Perkin Elmer Owl, make @@ -2734,7 +3268,7 @@ to delete a single character, with one parameter, .IR n , to delete -.I n characters, +.IR n "characters," and delete mode by giving \fBsmdc\fP and \fBrmdc\fP to enter and exit delete mode (any mode the terminal needs to be placed in for @@ -2749,9 +3283,7 @@ blanks without moving the cursor) can be given as .B ech with one parameter. -.PP .SS "Highlighting, Underlining, and Visible Bells" -.PP If your terminal has one or more kinds of display attributes, these can be represented in a number of different ways. You should choose one display form as @@ -2803,7 +3335,8 @@ this should be given as .B sgr (set attributes), taking 9 parameters. -Each parameter is either 0 or nonzero, as the corresponding attribute is on or off. +Each parameter is either zero (0) or nonzero, +as the corresponding attribute is on or off. The 9 parameters are, in order: standout, underline, reverse, blink, dim, bold, blank, protect, alternate character set. @@ -2815,21 +3348,20 @@ For example, the DEC vt220 supports most of the modes: .PP .TS center; -l l l -l l l -lw18 lw14 l. -\fBtparm parameter attribute escape sequence\fP - -none none \\E[0m -p1 standout \\E[0;1;7m -p2 underline \\E[0;4m -p3 reverse \\E[0;7m -p4 blink \\E[0;5m +lb lb lb +l l l . +tparm Parameter Attribute Escape Sequence +_ +none none \eE[0m +p1 standout \eE[0;1;7m +p2 underline \eE[0;4m +p3 reverse \eE[0;7m +p4 blink \eE[0;5m p5 dim not available -p6 bold \\E[0;1m -p7 invis \\E[0;8m +p6 bold \eE[0;1m +p7 invis \eE[0;8m p8 protect not used -p9 altcharset ^O (off) ^N (on) +p9 altcharset \*^O (off) \*^N (on) .TE .PP We begin each escape sequence by turning off any existing modes, since @@ -2838,9 +3370,9 @@ Standout is set up to be the combination of reverse and bold. The vt220 terminal has a protect mode, though it is not commonly used in sgr because it protects characters on the screen from the host's erasures. -The altcharset mode also is different in that it is either ^O or ^N, +The altcharset mode also is different in that it is either \*^O or \*^N, depending on whether it is off or on. -If all modes are turned on, the resulting sequence is \\E[0;1;4;5;7;8m^N. +If all modes are turned on, the resulting sequence is \eE[0;1;4;5;7;8m\*^N. .PP Some sequences are common to different modes. For example, ;7 is output when either p1 or p3 is true, that is, if @@ -2851,31 +3383,26 @@ Writing out the above sequences, along with their dependencies yields .ne 11 .TS center; -l l l -l l l -lw18 lw14 l. -\fBsequence when to output terminfo translation\fP - -.ft CW -\\E[0 always \\E[0 +lb lb lb +l l l . +Sequence When to Output terminfo Translation +_ +\eE[0 always \eE[0 ;1 if p1 or p6 %?%p1%p6%|%t;1%; ;4 if p2 %?%p2%|%t;4%; ;5 if p4 %?%p4%|%t;5%; ;7 if p1 or p3 %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%; ;8 if p7 %?%p7%|%t;8%; m always m -^N or ^O if p9 ^N, else ^O %?%p9%t^N%e^O%; -.ft R +\*^N or \*^O if p9 \*^N, else \*^O %?%p9%t\*^N%e\*^O%; .TE .PP Putting this all together into the sgr sequence gives: .PP -.ft CW -.nf - sgr=\\E[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%; - %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\\016%e\\017%;, -.fi -.ft R +.EX + sgr=\eE[0%?%p1%p6%|%t;1%;%?%p2%t;4%;%?%p4%t;5%; + %?%p1%p3%|%t;7%;%?%p7%t;8%;m%?%p9%t\e016%e\e017%;, +.EE .PP Remember that if you specify sgr, you must also specify sgr0. Also, some implementations rely on sgr being given if sgr0 is, @@ -2921,9 +3448,7 @@ If a character overstriking another leaves both characters on the screen, specify the capability \fBos\fP. If overstrikes are erasable with a blank, then this should be indicated by giving \fBeo\fP. -.PP -.SS Keypad and Function Keys -.PP +.SS "Keypad and Function Keys" If the terminal has a keypad that transmits codes when the keys are pressed, this information can be given. Note that it is not possible to handle @@ -3030,9 +3555,7 @@ If there are commands to turn the labels on and off, give them in \fBsmln\fP and \fBrmln\fP. \fBsmln\fP is normally output after one or more pln sequences to make sure that the change becomes visible. -.PP -.SS Tabs and Initialization -.PP +.SS "Tabs and Initialization" A few capabilities are used only for tabs: .bP If the terminal has hardware tabs, the command to advance to the next @@ -3216,8 +3739,7 @@ use the \fBhts\fP (\fBset_tab\fP) capabilities directly only when the \fBit\fP (\fBinit_tabs\fP) capability is set to a value other than \fIeight\fP. -.SS Delays and Padding -.PP +.SS "Delays and Padding" Many older and slower terminals do not support either XON/XOFF or DTR handshaking, including hard copy terminals and some very archaic CRTs (including, for example, DEC VT100s). @@ -3225,7 +3747,7 @@ These may require padding characters after certain cursor motions and screen changes. .PP If the terminal uses xon/xoff handshaking for flow control (that is, -it automatically emits ^S back to the host when its input buffers are +it automatically emits \*^S back to the host when its input buffers are close to full), set .BR xon . This capability suppresses the emission of padding. @@ -3245,8 +3767,7 @@ then this can be given as \fBpad\fP. Only the first character of the .B pad string is used. -.PP -.SS Status Lines +.SS "Status Lines" Some terminals have an extra \*(``status line\*('' which is not normally used by software (and thus not counted in the terminal's \fBlines\fP capability). .PP @@ -3275,61 +3796,59 @@ capability \fBwsl\fP. .PP A command to erase or blank the status line may be specified as \fBdsl\fP. .PP -The boolean capability \fBeslok\fP specifies that escape sequences, tabs, +The Boolean capability \fBeslok\fP specifies that escape sequences, tabs, etc., work ordinarily in the status line. .PP -The \fBncurses\fP implementation does not yet use any of these capabilities. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP implementation does not yet use any of these +capabilities. They are documented here in case they ever become important. -.PP -.SS Line Graphics -.PP +.SS "Line Graphics" Many terminals have alternate character sets useful for forms-drawing. Terminfo and \fBcurses\fP have built-in support for most of the drawing characters supported by the VT100, with some characters from the AT&T 4410v1 added. This alternate character set may be specified by the \fBacsc\fP capability. .PP -.TS H +.TS center; -l l l l l -l l l l l -_ _ _ _ _ -lw25 lw10 lw6 lw6 l. -.\".TH -\fBGlyph ACS Ascii acsc acsc\fP -\fBName Name Default Char Value\fP -arrow pointing right ACS_RARROW > + 0x2b -arrow pointing left ACS_LARROW < , 0x2c -arrow pointing up ACS_UARROW ^ \- 0x2d -arrow pointing down ACS_DARROW v . 0x2e -solid square block ACS_BLOCK # 0 0x30 -diamond ACS_DIAMOND + ` 0x60 -checker board (stipple) ACS_CKBOARD : a 0x61 -degree symbol ACS_DEGREE \e f 0x66 -plus/minus ACS_PLMINUS # g 0x67 -board of squares ACS_BOARD # h 0x68 -lantern symbol ACS_LANTERN # i 0x69 -lower right corner ACS_LRCORNER + j 0x6a -upper right corner ACS_URCORNER + k 0x6b -upper left corner ACS_ULCORNER + l 0x6c -lower left corner ACS_LLCORNER + m 0x6d -large plus or crossover ACS_PLUS + n 0x6e -scan line 1 ACS_S1 ~ o 0x6f -scan line 3 ACS_S3 \- p 0x70 -horizontal line ACS_HLINE \- q 0x71 -scan line 7 ACS_S7 \- r 0x72 -scan line 9 ACS_S9 \&_ s 0x73 -tee pointing right ACS_LTEE + t 0x74 -tee pointing left ACS_RTEE + u 0x75 -tee pointing up ACS_BTEE + v 0x76 -tee pointing down ACS_TTEE + w 0x77 -vertical line ACS_VLINE | x 0x78 -less-than-or-equal-to ACS_LEQUAL < y 0x79 -greater-than-or-equal-to ACS_GEQUAL > z 0x7a -greek pi ACS_PI * { 0x7b -not-equal ACS_NEQUAL ! | 0x7c -UK pound sign ACS_STERLING f } 0x7d -bullet ACS_BULLET o ~ 0x7e +Lb Cb S L Lb +Lb2 Lb2 Lb Lb1 S +Lb L C Lb Lx. +\& acsc \& \& +ACS Name Value Symbol ASCII Fallback / Glyph Name +_ +ACS_RARROW 0x2b + > arrow pointing right +ACS_LARROW 0x2c , < arrow pointing left +ACS_UARROW 0x2d \- \*^ arrow pointing up +ACS_DARROW 0x2e . v arrow pointing down +ACS_BLOCK 0x30 0 # solid square block +ACS_DIAMOND 0x60 \(ga + diamond +ACS_CKBOARD 0x61 a : checker board (stipple) +ACS_DEGREE 0x66 f \e degree symbol +ACS_PLMINUS 0x67 g # plus/minus +ACS_BOARD 0x68 h # board of squares +ACS_LANTERN 0x69 i # lantern symbol +ACS_LRCORNER 0x6a j + lower right corner +ACS_URCORNER 0x6b k + upper right corner +ACS_ULCORNER 0x6c l + upper left corner +ACS_LLCORNER 0x6d m + lower left corner +ACS_PLUS 0x6e n + large plus or crossover +ACS_S1 0x6f o \*~ scan line 1 +ACS_S3 0x70 p \- scan line 3 +ACS_HLINE 0x71 q \- horizontal line +ACS_S7 0x72 r \- scan line 7 +ACS_S9 0x73 s \&_ scan line 9 +ACS_LTEE 0x74 t + tee pointing right +ACS_RTEE 0x75 u + tee pointing left +ACS_BTEE 0x76 v + tee pointing up +ACS_TTEE 0x77 w + tee pointing down +ACS_VLINE 0x78 x | vertical line +ACS_LEQUAL 0x79 y < less-than-or-equal-to +ACS_GEQUAL 0x7a z > greater-than-or-equal-to +ACS_PI 0x7b { * greek pi +ACS_NEQUAL 0x7c | ! not-equal +ACS_STERLING 0x7d } f UK pound sign +ACS_BULLET 0x7e \*~ o bullet .TE .PP A few notes apply to the table itself: @@ -3358,9 +3877,7 @@ to a copy of this table for your terminal, giving the character which as the corresponding graphic. Then read off the VT100/your terminal character pairs right to left in sequence; these become the ACSC string. -.PP -.SS Color Handling -.PP +.SS "Color Handling" The curses library functions \fBinit_pair\fP and \fBinit_color\fP manipulate the \fIcolor pairs\fP and \fIcolor values\fP discussed in this section @@ -3373,25 +3890,25 @@ terminals have a predefined set of \fIN\fP colors (where \fIN\fP is usually 8), and can set character-cell foreground and background characters independently, mixing them -into \fIN\fP\ *\ \fIN\fP color-pairs. +into \fIN\fP\ *\ \fIN\fP color pairs. .bP On HP-like terminals, the user must set each color pair up separately (foreground and background are not independently settable). -Up to \fIM\fP color-pairs may be set up from 2*\fIM\fP different colors. +Up to \fIM\fP color pairs may be set up from 2*\fIM\fP different colors. ANSI-compatible terminals are Tektronix-like. .PP Some basic color capabilities are independent of the color method. The numeric capabilities \fBcolors\fP and \fBpairs\fP specify the maximum numbers of colors -and color-pairs that can be displayed simultaneously. +and color pairs that can be displayed simultaneously. The \fBop\fP (original pair) string resets foreground and background colors to their default values for the terminal. -The \fBoc\fP string resets all colors or color-pairs to +The \fBoc\fP string resets all colors or color pairs to their default values for the terminal. Some terminals (including many PC terminal emulators) erase screen areas with the current background color rather -than the power-up default background; these should have the boolean capability +than the power-up default background; these should have the Boolean capability \fBbce\fP. .PP While the curses library works with \fIcolor pairs\fP @@ -3418,47 +3935,52 @@ The \fBsetaf\fP/\fBsetab\fP and \fBsetf\fP/\fBsetb\fP capabilities take a single numeric argument each. Argument values 0-7 of \fBsetaf\fP/\fBsetab\fP are portably defined as follows (the middle column is the symbolic #define available in the header for -the \fBcurses\fP or \fBncurses\fP libraries). +the \fBcurses\fP or \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries). The terminal hardware is free to map these as it likes, but the RGB values indicate normal locations in color space. .PP -.TS H +.TS center; -l c c c -l l n l. -\fBColor #define Value RGB\fP -black \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP 0 0, 0, 0 -red \fBCOLOR_RED\ \fP 1 max,0,0 -green \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fP 2 0,max,0 -yellow \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fP 3 max,max,0 -blue \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fP 4 0,0,max -magenta \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fP 5 max,0,max -cyan \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fP 6 0,max,max -white \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fP 7 max,max,max +cb cb cb cb s s +l lb c l1 l1 l . +Color #define Value RGB +_ +black COLOR_BLACK 0 0, 0, 0 +red COLOR_RED 1 max, 0, 0 +green COLOR_GREEN 2 0, max, 0 +yellow COLOR_YELLOW 3 max, max, 0 +blue COLOR_BLUE 4 0, 0, max +magenta COLOR_MAGENTA 5 max, 0, max +cyan COLOR_CYAN 6 0, max, max +white COLOR_WHITE 7 max, max, max .TE +.br +.if t .ne 6v .PP The argument values of \fBsetf\fP/\fBsetb\fP historically correspond to a different mapping, i.e., -.TS H +.PP +.TS center; -l c c c -l l n l. -\fBColor #define Value RGB\fP -black \fBCOLOR_BLACK\fP 0 0, 0, 0 -blue \fBCOLOR_BLUE\fP 1 0,0,max -green \fBCOLOR_GREEN\fP 2 0,max,0 -cyan \fBCOLOR_CYAN\fP 3 0,max,max -red \fBCOLOR_RED\ \fP 4 max,0,0 -magenta \fBCOLOR_MAGENTA\fP 5 max,0,max -yellow \fBCOLOR_YELLOW\fP 6 max,max,0 -white \fBCOLOR_WHITE\fP 7 max,max,max +cb cb cb cb s s +l lb c l1 l1 l . +Color #define Value RGB +_ +black COLOR_BLACK 0 0, 0, 0 +blue COLOR_BLUE 1 0, 0, max +green COLOR_GREEN 2 0, max, 0 +cyan COLOR_CYAN 3 0, max, max +red COLOR_RED 4 max, 0, 0 +magenta COLOR_MAGENTA 5 max, 0, max +yellow COLOR_YELLOW 6 max, max, 0 +white COLOR_WHITE 7 max, max, max .TE .PP It is important to not confuse the two sets of color capabilities; otherwise red/blue will be interchanged on the display. .PP -On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fP with a color-pair number parameter to set +On an HP-like terminal, use \fBscp\fP with a color pair number parameter to set which color pair is current. .PP Some terminals allow the \fIcolor values\fP to be modified: @@ -3470,14 +3992,14 @@ take a color number (0 to \fBcolors\fP \- 1)and three more parameters which describe the color. These three parameters default to being interpreted as RGB (Red, Green, Blue) values. -If the boolean capability \fBhls\fP is present, +If the Boolean capability \fBhls\fP is present, they are instead as HLS (Hue, Lightness, Saturation) indices. The ranges are terminal-dependent. .bP On an HP-like terminal, \fBinitp\fP may give a capability for changing a -color-pair value. -It will take seven parameters; a color-pair number (0 to +color pair value. +It will take seven parameters; a color pair number (0 to \fBmax_pairs\fP \- 1), and two triples describing first background and then foreground colors. These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or @@ -3486,23 +4008,24 @@ These parameters must be (Red, Green, Blue) or On some color terminals, colors collide with highlights. You can register these collisions with the \fBncv\fP capability. -This is a bit-mask of +This is a bit mask of attributes not to be used when colors are enabled. The correspondence with the attributes understood by \fBcurses\fP is as follows: .PP .TS center; -l l l l -lw20 lw2 lw10 l. -\fBAttribute Bit Decimal Set by\fP +cb cb cb cb +lb n n lb. +Attribute Bit Decimal Set by +_ A_STANDOUT 0 1 sgr A_UNDERLINE 1 2 sgr A_REVERSE 2 4 sgr -A_BLINK 3 8 sgr -A_DIM 4 16 sgr -A_BOLD 5 32 sgr -A_INVIS 6 64 sgr +A_BLINK 3 8 sgr +A_DIM 4 16 sgr +A_BOLD 5 32 sgr +A_INVIS 6 64 sgr A_PROTECT 7 128 sgr A_ALTCHARSET 8 256 sgr A_HORIZONTAL 9 512 sgr1 @@ -3519,17 +4042,19 @@ foreground color blue and is not available in color mode. These should have an \fBncv\fP capability of 2. .PP -SVr4 curses does nothing with \fBncv\fP, ncurses recognizes it and optimizes +SVr4 curses does nothing with \fBncv\fP, +\fI\%ncurses\fP recognizes it and optimizes the output in favor of colors. -.PP .SS Miscellaneous If the terminal requires other than a null (zero) character as a pad, then this can be given as pad. Only the first character of the pad string is used. If the terminal does not have a pad character, specify npc. -Note that ncurses implements the termcap-compatible \fBPC\fP variable; +Note that \fI\%ncurses\fP implements the termcap-compatible \fBPC\fP +variable; though the application may set this value to something other than -a null, ncurses will test \fBnpc\fP first and use napms if the terminal +a null, +\fI\%ncurses\fP will test \fBnpc\fP first and use napms if the terminal has no pad character. .PP If the terminal can move up or down half a line, @@ -3550,16 +4075,17 @@ this can be indicated with the parameterized string .BR rep . The first parameter is the character to be repeated and the second is the number of times to repeat it. -Thus, tparm(repeat_char, \(aqx\(aq, 10) is the same as \*(``xxxxxxxxxx\*(''. +Thus, tparm(repeat_char, \*'x\*', 10) is the same as \*(``xxxxxxxxxx\*(''. .PP -If the terminal has a settable command character, such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025, +If the terminal has a settable command character, +such as the \s-1TEKTRONIX\s+1 4025, this can be indicated with .BR cmdch . A prototype command character is chosen which is used in all capabilities. This character is given in the .B cmdch capability to identify it. -The following convention is supported on some UNIX systems: +The following convention is supported on some Unix systems: The environment is to be searched for a .B CC variable, and if found, all @@ -3601,7 +4127,7 @@ A value of indicates that the number of lines is not fixed, but that there is still more memory than fits on the screen. .PP -If the terminal is one of those supported by the \s-1UNIX\s+1 virtual +If the terminal is one of those supported by the Unix virtual terminal protocol, the terminal number can be given as .BR vt . .PP @@ -3628,10 +4154,9 @@ All text, including is transparently passed to the printer while an .B mc5p is in effect. -.PP -.SS Glitches and Braindamage -.PP -Hazeltine terminals, which do not allow \*(``~\*('' characters to be displayed should +.SS "Glitches and Brain Damage" +Hazeltine terminals, +which do not allow \*(``\*~\*('' characters to be displayed should indicate \fBhz\fP. .PP Terminals which ignore a line-feed immediately after an \fBam\fP wrap, @@ -3652,7 +4177,7 @@ This glitch is also taken to mean that it is not possible to position the cursor on top of a \*(``magic cookie\*('', that to erase standout mode it is instead necessary to use delete and insert line. -The ncurses implementation ignores this glitch. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP implementation ignores this glitch. .PP The Beehive Superbee, which is unable to correctly transmit the escape or control/C characters, has @@ -3663,28 +4188,32 @@ Note that in older terminfo versions, this capability was called \*(``beehive_glitch\*(''; it is now \*(``no_esc_ctl_c\*(''. .PP Other specific terminal problems may be corrected by adding more -capabilities of the form \fBx\fP\fIx\fP. -.PP -.SS Pitfalls of Long Entries -.PP +capabilities of the form \fBx\fIx\fR. +.SS "Pitfalls of Long Entries" Long terminfo entries are unlikely to be a problem; to date, no entry has even approached terminfo's 4096-byte string-table maximum. Unfortunately, the termcap -translations are much more strictly limited (to 1023 bytes), thus termcap translations -of long terminfo entries can cause problems. +translations are much more strictly limited (to 1023 bytes), +thus termcap translations of long terminfo entries can cause problems. .PP -The man pages for 4.3BSD and older versions of \fBtgetent\fP instruct the user to +The man pages for 4.3BSD +and older versions of \fBtgetent\fP instruct the user to allocate a 1024-byte buffer for the termcap entry. The entry gets null-terminated by the termcap library, so that makes the maximum safe length for a termcap entry 1k\-1 (1023) bytes. -Depending on what the application and the termcap library -being used does, and where in the termcap file the terminal type that \fBtgetent\fP -is searching for is, several bad things can happen. +Depending on what the application and the termcap library being used does, +and where in the termcap file the terminal type that \fBtgetent\fP +is searching for is, several bad things can happen: +.bP +some termcap libraries print a warning message, +.bP +some exit if they find an entry that's longer than 1023 bytes, +.bP +some neither exit nor warn, doing nothing useful, and +.bP +some simply truncate the entries to 1023 bytes. .PP -Some termcap libraries print a warning message or exit if they find an -entry that's longer than 1023 bytes; others do not; others truncate the -entries to 1023 bytes. Some application programs allocate more than the recommended 1K for the termcap entry; others do not. .PP @@ -3717,8 +4246,9 @@ long entry, appears in the termcap file after the long entry, or does not appear in the file at all (so that \fBtgetent\fP has to search the whole termcap file). .PP -Then \fBtgetent\fP will overwrite memory, perhaps its stack, and probably core dump -the program. +Then \fBtgetent\fP will overwrite memory, +perhaps its stack, +and probably core dump the program. Programs like telnet are particularly vulnerable; modern telnets pass along values like the terminal type automatically. The results are almost @@ -3729,7 +4259,7 @@ termcap library truncates long entries, like OSF/1 3.0, it is immune to dying here but will return incorrect data for the terminal. .PP The \*(``after tc expansion\*('' length will have a similar effect to the -above, but only for people who actually set TERM to that terminal +above, but only for people who actually set \fITERM\fP to that terminal type, since \fBtgetent\fP only does \*(``tc\*('' expansion once it is found the terminal type it was looking for, not while searching. .PP @@ -3738,25 +4268,22 @@ on various combinations of termcap libraries and applications, a core dump, warnings, or incorrect operation. If it is too long even before \*(``tc\*('' expansion, it will have this effect even for users of some other -terminal types and users whose TERM variable does not have a termcap +terminal types and users whose \fITERM\fP variable does not have a termcap entry. .PP -When in \-C (translate to termcap) mode, the \fBncurses\fP implementation of +When in \-C (translate to termcap) mode, +the \fI\%ncurses\fP implementation of \fBtic\fP(1M) issues warning messages when the pre-tc length of a termcap translation is too long. The \-c (check) option also checks resolved (after tc expansion) lengths. -.SS Binary Compatibility -It is not wise to count on portability of binary terminfo entries between -commercial UNIX versions. -The problem is that there are at least two versions -of terminfo (under HP\-UX and AIX) which diverged from System V terminfo after -SVr1, and have added extension capabilities to the string table that (in the -binary format) collide with System V and XSI Curses extensions. +.SH FILES +.TP +.I \*d +compiled terminal description database directory .SH EXTENSIONS -.PP Searching for terminal descriptions in -\fB$HOME/.terminfo\fP and TERMINFO_DIRS +\fI$HOME/.terminfo\fP and \fI\%TERMINFO_DIRS\fP is not supported by older implementations. .PP Some SVr4 \fBcurses\fP implementations, and all previous to SVr4, do not @@ -3765,81 +4292,97 @@ interpret the %A and %O operators in parameter strings. SVr4/XPG4 do not specify whether \fBmsgr\fP licenses movement while in an alternate-character-set mode (such modes may, among other things, map CR and NL to characters that do not trigger local motions). -The \fBncurses\fP implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fP in \fBALTCHARSET\fP -mode. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP implementation ignores \fBmsgr\fP in +\fBALTCHARSET\fP mode. This raises the possibility that an XPG4 implementation making the opposite interpretation may need terminfo -entries made for \fBncurses\fP to have \fBmsgr\fP turned off. +entries made for \fI\%ncurses\fP to have \fBmsgr\fP turned off. .PP -The \fBncurses\fP library handles insert-character and insert-character modes -in a slightly non-standard way to get better update efficiency. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library handles insert-character and +insert-character modes in a slightly non-standard way to get better +update efficiency. See the \fBInsert/Delete Character\fP subsection above. .PP The parameter substitutions for \fBset_clock\fP and \fBdisplay_clock\fP are -not documented in SVr4 or the XSI Curses standard. +not documented in SVr4 or X/Open Curses. They are deduced from the documentation for the AT&T 505 terminal. .PP Be careful assigning the \fBkmous\fP capability. -The \fBncurses\fP library wants to interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP, +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library wants to interpret it as \fBKEY_MOUSE\fP, for use by terminals and emulators like xterm that can return mouse-tracking information in the keyboard-input stream. .PP X/Open Curses does not mention italics. Portable applications must assume that numeric capabilities are signed 16-bit values. -This includes the \fIno_color_video\fP (ncv) capability. -The 32768 mask value used for italics with ncv can be confused with -an absent or cancelled ncv. +This includes the \fIno_color_video\fP (\fBncv\fP) capability. +The 32768 mask value used for italics with \fBncv\fP can be confused with +an absent or cancelled \fBncv\fP. If italics should work with colors, -then the ncv value must be specified, even if it is zero. -.PP -Different commercial ports of terminfo and curses support different subsets of -the XSI Curses standard and (in some cases) different extension sets. -Here -is a summary, accurate as of October 1995: -.bP -\fBSVR4, Solaris, ncurses\fP \-\- -These support all SVr4 capabilities. -.bP -\fBSGI\fP \-\- -Supports the SVr4 set, adds one undocumented extended string -capability (\fBset_pglen\fP). -.bP -\fBSVr1, Ultrix\fP \-\- -These support a restricted subset of terminfo capabilities. -The booleans end with \fBxon_xoff\fP; -the numerics with \fBwidth_status_line\fP; -and the strings with \fBprtr_non\fP. -.bP -\fBHP/UX\fP \-\- -Supports the SVr1 subset, plus the SVr[234] numerics \fBnum_labels\fP, -\fBlabel_height\fP, \fBlabel_width\fP, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus -\fBplab_norm\fP, \fBlabel_on\fP, and \fBlabel_off\fP, plus some incompatible -extensions in the string table. -.bP -\fBAIX\fP \-\- -Supports the SVr1 subset, plus function keys 11 through 63, plus a number -of incompatible string table extensions. -.bP -\fBOSF\fP \-\- -Supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions. -.SH FILES -.TP 25 -\*d/?/* -files containing terminal descriptions -.SH SEE ALSO -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBtabs\fP(1), -\fBtic\fP(1M), -\fBcurses\fP(3X), -\fBcurs_color\fP(3X), -\fBcurs_variables\fP(3X), -\fBprintf\fP(3), -\fBterm_variables\fP(3X). -\fBterm\fP(\*n). -\fBuser_caps\fP(5). +then the \fBncv\fP value must be specified, even if it is zero. +.PP +Different commercial ports of \fI\%terminfo\fP and \fIcurses\fP support +different subsets of X/Open Curses and +(in some cases) +different extensions. +Here is a summary, +accurate as of October 1995, +after which the commercial Unix market contracted and lost diversity. +.bP +SVr4, +Solaris, +and \fI\%ncurses\fP support all SVr4 capabilities. +.bP +IRIX supports the SVr4 set and adds one undocumented extended string +capability (\fB\%set_pglen\fP). +.bP +SVr1 and Ultrix support a restricted subset of \fI\%terminfo\fP +capabilities. +The Booleans end with \fB\%xon_xoff\fP; +the numerics with \fB\%width_status_line\fP; +and the strings with \fB\%prtr_non\fP. +.bP +HP/UX supports the SVr1 subset, +plus the SVr[234] numerics +\fB\%num_labels\fP, +\fB\%label_height\fP, +\fB\%label_width\fP, +plus function keys 11 through 63, +plus +\fB\%plab_norm\fP, +\fB\%label_on\fP, +and +\fB\%label_off\fP, +plus a number of incompatible string table extensions. +.bP +AIX supports the SVr1 subset, +plus function keys 11 through 63, +plus a number of incompatible string table extensions. +.bP +OSF/1 supports both the SVr4 set and the AIX extensions. +.SH PORTABILITY +Do not count on compiled (binary) \fI\%terminfo\fP entries being +portable between commercial Unix systems. +At least two implementations of \fI\%terminfo\fP +(those of HP-UX and AIX) +diverged from those of other System V Unices after SVr1, +adding extension capabilities to the string table that +(in the binary format) +collide with subsequent System V and X/Open Curses extensions. .SH AUTHORS Zeyd M. Ben-Halim, Eric S. Raymond, Thomas E. Dickey. Based on \fIpcurses\fP by Pavel Curtis. +.SH SEE ALSO +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%tabs\fP(1), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M), +\fB\%curses\fP(3X), +\fB\%curs_color\fP(3X), +\fB\%curs_terminfo\fP(3X), +\fB\%curs_variables\fP(3X), +\fB\%printf\fP(3), +\fB\%term_variables\fP(3X), +\fB\%term\fP(5), +\fB\%user_caps\fP(5) diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/tmpfs.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/tmpfs.5 index b7c5f407..f077c509 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/tmpfs.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/tmpfs.5 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH tmpfs 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH tmpfs 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME tmpfs \- a virtual memory filesystem .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ttytype.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ttytype.5 index 3e9a5a3d..580257c6 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/ttytype.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/ttytype.5 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ .\" Modified Thu Oct 19 21:25:21 MET 1995 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de> .\" Modified Mon Oct 21 17:47:19 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond .\" <esr@thyrsus.com>xk -.TH ttytype 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH ttytype 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME ttytype \- terminal device to default terminal type mapping .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/user_caps.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/user_caps.5 index c90af2c3..c0592b45 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/user_caps.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/user_caps.5 @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ +'\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2022 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,45 +28,40 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.22 2022/07/03 20:01:04 tom Exp $ -.TH user_caps 5 -.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq -.el .ds `` `` -.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq -.el .ds '' '' -.de NS -.ie n .sp -.el .sp .5 -.ie n .in +4 -.el .in +2 -.nf -.ft C \" Courier -.. -.de NE -.fi -.ft R -.ie n .in -4 -.el .in -2 -.. +.\" $Id: user_caps.5,v 1.49 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH user_caps 5 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "File formats" +.ie \n(.g \{\ +.ds `` \(lq +.ds '' \(rq +.\} +.el \{\ +.ie t .ds `` `` +.el .ds `` "" +.ie t .ds '' '' +.el .ds '' "" +.\} +. .de bP .ie n .IP \(bu 4 .el .IP \(bu 2 .. .SH NAME -user_caps \- user-defined terminfo capabilities +user_caps \- +user-defined \fIterminfo\fR capability format .SH SYNOPSIS -.B tic -x, infocmp -x +.B infocmp \-x +.PP +.B tic \-x .SH DESCRIPTION .SS Background -.PP -Before ncurses 5.0, +Before \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0, terminfo databases used a \fIfixed repertoire\fP of terminal capabilities designed for the SVr2 terminal database in 1984, and extended in stages through SVr4 (1989), and standardized in the Single Unix Specification beginning in 1995. .PP Most of the \fIextensions\fP in this fixed repertoire were additions -to the tables of boolean, numeric and string capabilities. +to the tables of Boolean, numeric and string capabilities. Rather than change the meaning of an existing capability, a new name was added. The terminfo database uses a binary format; binary compatibility was ensured by using a header which gave the number of items in the @@ -92,22 +88,24 @@ Although they \fImay\fP provide all of the standard capability names, the position in the tables differs because some features were added as needed, while others were added (out of order) to comply with X/Open Curses. .IP -While ncurses' repertoire of predefined capabilities is closest to Solaris, +While \fI\%ncurses\fP' repertoire of predefined capabilities is closest +to Solaris, Solaris's terminfo database has a few differences from the list published by X/Open Curses. -For example, ncurses can be configured with tables which match the -terminal databases for AIX, HP-UX or OSF/1, +For example, +\fI\%ncurses\fP can be configured with tables which match the terminal +databases for AIX, HP-UX or OSF/1, rather than the default Solaris-like configuration. .bP -In SVr4 curses and ncurses, +In SVr4 curses and \fI\%ncurses\fP, the terminal database is defined at compile-time using a text file which lists the different terminal capabilities. .IP In principle, the text-file can be extended, but doing this requires recompiling and reinstalling the library. -The text-file used in ncurses for terminal capabilities includes +The text-file used in \fI\%ncurses\fP for terminal capabilities includes details for various systems past the documented X/Open Curses features. -For example, ncurses supports these capabilities in each configuration: +For example, \fI\%ncurses\fP supports these capabilities in each configuration: .RS 8 .TP 5 memory_lock @@ -142,16 +140,16 @@ it could represent larger numbers. Although termcap's extensibility was rarely used (it was never the \fIspeaker\fP who had actually used the feature), the criticism had a point. -ncurses 5.0 provided a way to detect nonstandard capabilities, +\fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0 provided a way to detect nonstandard capabilities, determine their type and optionally store and retrieve them in a way which did not interfere with other applications. These are referred to as \fIuser-defined capabilities\fP because no modifications to the toolset's predefined capability names are needed. .PP -The ncurses utilities \fBtic\fP and \fBinfocmp\fP have a command-line -option \*(``\-x\*('' to control whether the nonstandard capabilities -are stored or retrieved. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP utilities \fBtic\fP and \fBinfocmp\fP have a +command-line option \*(``\-x\*('' to control whether the nonstandard +capabilities are stored or retrieved. A library function \fBuse_extended_names\fP is provided for the same purpose. .PP @@ -159,7 +157,7 @@ When compiling a terminal database, if \*(``\-x\*('' is set, \fBtic\fP will store a user-defined capability if the capability name is not one of the predefined names. .PP -Because ncurses provides a termcap library interface, +Because \fI\%ncurses\fP provides a termcap library interface, these user-defined capabilities may be visible to termcap applications: .bP The termcap interface (like all implementations of termcap) @@ -181,21 +179,20 @@ While terminfo and termcap have a set of 60 predefined function-key names, to which a series of keys can be assigned, that is insufficient for more than a dozen keys multiplied by more than a couple of modifier combinations. -The ncurses database uses a convention based on \fBxterm\fP(1) to -provide extended special-key names. +The \fI\%ncurses\fP database uses a convention based on \fBxterm\fP(1) +to provide extended special-key names. .IP Fitting that into termcap's limitation of 2-character names would be pointless. These extended keys are available only with terminfo. -.SS Recognized capabilities -.PP -The ncurses library uses the user-definable capabilities. +.SS "Recognized Capabilities" +The \fI\%ncurses\fP library uses the user-definable capabilities. While the terminfo database may have other extensions, -ncurses makes explicit checks for these: +\fI\%ncurses\fP makes explicit checks for these: .RS 3 .TP 3 AX -\fIboolean\fP, asserts that the terminal interprets SGR 39 and SGR 49 +\fIBoolean\fP, asserts that the terminal interprets SGR 39 and SGR 49 by resetting the foreground and background color, respectively, to the default. .IP This is a feature recognized by the \fBscreen\fP program as well. @@ -208,13 +205,15 @@ the terminal. The command \*(``\fBtput clear\fP\*('' does the same thing. .TP 3 NQ -used to suppress a consistency check in tic for the ncurses capabilities +\fIBoolean\fP, +used to suppress a consistency check in tic for the \fI\%ncurses\fP +capabilities in user6 through user9 (u6, u7, u8 and u9) which tell how to query the terminal's cursor position and its device attributes. .TP 3 RGB -\fIboolean\fP, \fInumber\fP \fBor\fP \fIstring\fP, +\fIBoolean\fP, \fInumber\fP \fBor\fP \fIstring\fP, used to assert that the \fBset_a_foreground\fP and \fBset_a_background\fP capabilities correspond to \fIdirect colors\fP, @@ -223,22 +222,24 @@ This capability allows the \fBcolor_content\fP function to return appropriate values without requiring the application to initialize colors using \fBinit_color\fP. .IP -The capability type determines the values which ncurses sees: +The capability type determines the values which \fI\%ncurses\fP sees: .RS 3 .TP 3 -\fIboolean\fP +\fIBoolean\fP implies that the number of bits for red, green and blue are the same. Using the maximum number of colors, -ncurses adds two, divides that sum by three, and assigns the result -to red, green and blue in that order. +\fI\%ncurses\fP adds two, +divides that sum by three, +and assigns the result to red, +green and blue in that order. .IP If the number of bits needed for the number of colors is not a multiple of three, the blue (and green) components lose in comparison to red. .TP 3 \fInumber\fP -tells ncurses what result to add to red, green and blue. -If ncurses runs out of bits, -blue (and green) lose just as in the \fIboolean\fP case. +tells \fI\%ncurses\fP what result to add to red, green and blue. +If \fI\%ncurses\fP runs out of bits, +blue (and green) lose just as in the \fIBoolean\fP case. .TP 3 \fIstring\fP explicitly list the number of bits used for red, green and blue components @@ -253,27 +254,29 @@ to represent the standard eight ANSI colors, i.e., one bit per color. .TP 3 U8 \fInumber\fP, -asserts that ncurses must use Unicode values for line-drawing characters, +asserts that \fI\%ncurses\fP must use Unicode values for line-drawing +characters, and that it should ignore the alternate character set capabilities when the locale uses UTF-8 encoding. For more information, see the discussion of -\fBNCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS\fP in \fBncurses\fP(3X). +\fBNCURSES_NO_UTF8_ACS\fP in \fB\%ncurses\fP(3X). .IP Set this capability to a nonzero value to enable it. .TP 3 XM \fIstring\fP, -override ncurses's built-in string which +override \fI\%ncurses\fP's built-in string which enables/disables \fBxterm\fP(1) mouse mode. .IP -ncurses sends a character sequence to the terminal to initialize mouse mode, +\fI\%ncurses\fP sends a character sequence to the terminal to initialize mouse mode, and when the user clicks the mouse buttons or (in certain modes) moves the mouse, handles the characters sent back by the terminal to tell it what was done with the mouse. .IP The mouse protocol is enabled when the \fImask\fP passed in the \fBmousemask\fP function is nonzero. -By default, ncurses handles the responses for the X11 xterm mouse protocol. +By default, +\fI\%ncurses\fP handles the responses for the X11 xterm mouse protocol. It also knows about the \fISGR 1006\fP xterm mouse protocol, but must to be told to look for this specifically. It will not be able to guess which mode is used, @@ -282,7 +285,7 @@ because the responses are enough alike that only confusion would result. The \fBXM\fP capability has a single parameter. If nonzero, the mouse protocol should be enabled. If zero, the mouse protocol should be disabled. -ncurses inspects this capability if it is present, +\fI\%ncurses\fP inspects this capability if it is present, to see whether the 1006 protocol is used. If so, it expects the responses to use the \fISGR 1006\fP xterm mouse protocol. .IP @@ -330,22 +333,21 @@ xterm mouse protocols: .IP .nf xterm+x11mouse|X11 xterm mouse protocol, - kmous=\\E[M, XM=\\E[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;, - xm=\\E[M + kmous=\eE[M, XM=\eE[?1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;, + xm=\eE[M %?%p4%t%p3%e%{3}%;%'\ '%+%c %p2%'!'%+%c %p1%'!'%+%c, xterm+sm+1006|xterm SGR-mouse, - kmous=\\E[<, XM=\\E[?1006;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;, - xm=\\E[<%i%p3%d; + kmous=\eE[<, XM=\eE[?1006;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;, + xm=\eE[<%i%p3%d; %p1%d; %p2%d; %?%p4%tM%em%;, .fi . -.SS Extended key-definitions -.PP +.SS "Extended Key Definitions" Several terminals provide the ability to send distinct strings for combinations of modified special keys. There is no standard for what those keys can send. @@ -353,33 +355,52 @@ There is no standard for what those keys can send. Since 1999, \fBxterm\fP(1) has supported \fIshift\fP, \fIcontrol\fP, \fIalt\fP, and \fImeta\fP modifiers which produce distinct special-key strings. -In a terminal description, ncurses has no special knowledge of the -modifiers used. +In a terminal description, +\fI\%ncurses\fP has no special knowledge of the modifiers used. Applications can use the \fInaming convention\fP established for \fBxterm\fP to find these special keys in the terminal description. .PP -Starting with the curses convention that \fIkey names\fP begin with \*(``k\*('' -and that shifted special keys are an uppercase name, -ncurses' terminal database defines these names to which a suffix is added: +Starting with the +.I curses +convention that capability codes describing the input generated by a +terminal's key caps begin with \*(``k\*('', +and that shifted special keys use uppercase letters in their names, +.IR \%ncurses 's +terminal database defines the following names and codes to which a +suffix is added. +.PP .RS 5 .TS -tab(/) ; -l l . -\fBName\fP/\fBDescription\fP +Lb Lb +Lb Lx. +Code Description _ -kDC/special form of kdch1 (delete character) -kDN/special form of kcud1 (cursor down) -kEND/special form of kend (End) -kHOM/special form of khome (Home) -kLFT/special form of kcub1 (cursor-left or cursor-back) -kNXT/special form of knext (Next, or Page-Down) -kPRV/special form of kprev (Prev, or Page-Up) -kRIT/special form of kcuf1 (cursor-right, or cursor-forward) -kUP/special form of kcuu1 (cursor-up) +kDC shifted kdch1 (delete character) +.\" kDC is a standard capability; see X/Open Curses Issue 7, p. 345. +kDN shifted kcud1 (cursor down) +kEND shifted kend (end) +kHOM shifted khome (home) +kLFT shifted kcub1 (cursor back) +kNXT shifted knext (next) +kPRV shifted kprev (previous) +kRIT shifted kcuf1 (cursor forward) +kUP shifted kcuu1 (cursor up) .TE .RE .PP +Keycap nomenclature on the Unix systems for which +.I curses +was developed differs from today's ubiquitous descendants of the IBM +PC/AT keyboard layout. +In the foregoing, +interpret \*(``backward\*('' as \*(``left\*('', +\*(``forward\*('' as \*(``right\*('', +\*(``next\*('' as \*(``page down\*('', +and +\*(``prev(ious)\*('' as \*(``page up\*(''. +.PP These are the suffixes used to denote the modifiers: +.PP .RS 5 .TS tab(/) ; @@ -405,8 +426,9 @@ _ .RE .PP None of these are predefined; terminal descriptions can refer to \fInames\fP -which ncurses will allocate at runtime to \fIkey-codes\fP. -To use these keys in an ncurses program, an application could do this: +which \fI\%ncurses\fP will allocate at runtime to \fIkey-codes\fP. +To use these keys in an \fI\%ncurses\fP program, +an application could do this: .bP using a list of extended key \fInames\fP, ask \fBtigetstr\fP(3X) for their values, and @@ -414,32 +436,29 @@ ask \fBtigetstr\fP(3X) for their values, and given the list of values, ask \fBkey_defined\fP(3X) for the \fIkey-code\fP which would be returned for those keys by \fBwgetch\fP(3X). -.PP .\" .SH PORTABILITY -.PP The \*(``\-x\*('' extension feature of \fBtic\fP and \fBinfocmp\fP has been adopted in NetBSD curses. That implementation stores user-defined capabilities, but makes no use of these capabilities itself. .\" +.SH AUTHORS +Thomas E. Dickey +.br +beginning with \fI\%ncurses\fP 5.0 (1999) +.\" .SH SEE ALSO -.PP -\fBinfocmp\fP(1M), -\fBtic\fP(1M). +\fB\%infocmp\fP(1M), +\fB\%tic\fP(1M) .PP The terminal database section .I "NCURSES USER-DEFINABLE CAPABILITIES" summarizes commonly-used user-defined capabilities which are used in the terminal descriptions. -Some of those features are mentioned in \fBscreen\fP(1) or \fBtmux\fP(1). +Some of those features are mentioned in \fB\%screen\fP(1) or +\fBtmux\fP(1). .PP .I "XTerm Control Sequences" -provides further information on the \fBxterm\fP(1) features -which are used in these extended capabilities. -.\" -.SH AUTHORS -.PP -Thomas E. Dickey -.br -beginning with ncurses 5.0 (1999) +provides further information on the \fB\%xterm\fP(1) features +that are used in these extended capabilities. diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/utmp.5 b/upstream/archlinux/man5/utmp.5 index 99d3fed5..a88997ec 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/utmp.5 +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/utmp.5 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .\" Modified 1996-07-20 by Michael Haardt .\" Modified 1997-07-02 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org> .\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb, following Gwenole Beauchesne -.TH utmp 5 2023-10-31 "Linux man-pages 6.06" +.TH utmp 5 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME utmp, wtmp \- login records .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/archlinux/man5/x509v3_config.5ssl b/upstream/archlinux/man5/x509v3_config.5ssl index a0f2145b..8293af9b 100644 --- a/upstream/archlinux/man5/x509v3_config.5ssl +++ b/upstream/archlinux/man5/x509v3_config.5ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "X509V3_CONFIG 5ssl" -.TH X509V3_CONFIG 5ssl 2024-01-30 3.2.1 OpenSSL +.TH X509V3_CONFIG 5ssl 2024-04-28 3.3.0 OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l |